ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (457)
  • English  (457)
  • 2010-2014  (65)
  • 2005-2009  (182)
  • 1980-1984  (210)
  • AWI Library  (457)
Collection
  • Books  (457)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI A6-15-0020
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gives a coherent development of the current understanding of the fluid dynamics of the middle latitude atmosphere. lt is primarily aimed at post-graduate and advanced undergraduate level students and does not assume any previous knowledge of fluid mechanics, meteorology or atmospheric science. The book will be an invaluable resource for any quantitative atmospheric scientist who wishes to increase their understanding of the subject. The importance of the rotation of the Earth and the stable stratification of its atmosphere, with their implications for the balance of larger-scale flows, is highlighted throughout. Clearly structured throughout, the first of three themes deals with the development of the basic equations for an atmosphere on a rotating, spherical planet and discusses scale analyses of these equations. The second theme explores the importance of rotation and introduces vorticity and potential vorticity, as well as turbulence. In the third theme, the concepts developed in the first two themes are used to give an understanding of balanced motion in real atmospheric phenomena. lt starts with quasi-geostrophic theory and moves on to linear and nonlinear theories for mid-latitude weather systems and their fronts. The potential vorticity perspective on weather systems is highlighted with a discussion of the Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing covered in the final chapter.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780470795194
    Series Statement: Advancing weather and climate science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Series foreword. - Preface. - Select bibliography. - The authors. - 1 Observed flow in the Earth's midlalitudes. - 1.1 Vertical structure. - 1.2 Horizontal structure. - 1.3 Transient activity. - 1.4 Scales of motion. - 1.5 The Norwegian frontal model of cyclones. - Theme 1 Fluid dynamics of the midlatitude atmosphere. - 2 Fluid dynamics in an inertial frame of reference. - 2.1 Definition of fluid. - 2.2 Flow variables and the continuum hypothesis. - 2.3 Kinematics: characterizing fluid flow. - 2.4 Governing physical principles. - 2.5 Lagrangian and Eulerian perspectives. - 2.6 Mass conservation equation. - 2.7 First Law of Thermodynamics. - 2.8 Newton's Second Law of Motion. - 2.9 Bernoulli's Theorem. - 2.10 Heating and water vapour. - 3 Rotating frames of reference. - 3.1 Vectors in a rotating frame of reference. - 3.2 Velocity and Acceleration. - 3.3 The momentum equation in a rotating frame. - 3.4 The centrifugal pseudo-force. - 3.5 The Coriolis pseudo-force. - 3.6 The Taylor-Proudman theorem. - 4 The spherical Earth. - 4.1 Spherical polar coordinates. - 4.2 Scalar equations. - 4.3 The momentum equations. - 4.4 Energy and angular momentum.- 4.5 The shallow atmosphere approximation. - 4.6 The beta effect and the spherical Earth. - 5 Scale analysis and its applications. - 5.1 Principles of scaling methods. - 5.2 The use of a reference atmosphere. - 5.3 The horizontal momentum equations. - 5.4 Natural coordinates, geostrophic and gradient wind balance. - 5.5 Vertical motion. - 5.6 The vertical momentum equation. - 5.7 The mass continuity equation. - 5.8 The thermodynamic energy equation. - 5.9 Scalings for Rossby numbers that are not small. - 6 Alternative vertical coordinates. - 6.1 A general vertical coordinate. - 6.2 Isobaric coordinates. - 6.3 Other pressure-based vertical coordinates. - 6.4 Isentropic coordinates. - 7 Variations of density and the basic equations. - 7.1 Boussinesq approximation. - 7.2 Anelastic approximation. - 7.3 Stratification and gravity waves. - 7.4 Balance, gravity waves and Richardson number. - 7.5 Summary of the basic equation sets. - 7.6 The energy of atmospheric motions. - Theme 2 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8.1 The concept of vorticity. - 8.2 The vorticity equation. - 8.3 The vorticity equation for approximate sets of equations. - 8.4 The solenoidal term. - 8.5 The expansion/contraction term. - 8.6 The stretching and tilting terms. - 8.7 Friction and vorticity. - 8.8 The vorticity equation in alternative vertical coordinates. - 8.9 Circulation. - 9 Vorticity and the barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.1 The barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.2 Poisson's equation and vortex interactions. - 9.3 Flow over a shallow hill. - 9.4 Ekman pumping. - 9.5 Rossby waves and the beta plane. - 9.6 Rossby group velocity. - 9.7 Rossby ray tracing. - 9.8 Inflexion point instability. - 10 Potential vorticity. - 10.1 Potential vorticity. - 10.2 Alternative derivations of Ertel's theorem. - 10.3 The principle of invertibility. - 10.4 Shallow water equation potential vorticity. - 11 Turbulence and atmospheric flow. - 11.1 The Reynolds number . - 11.2 Three-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.3 Two-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.4 Vertical mixing in a stratified fluid. - 11.5 Reynolds stresses. - Theme 3 Balance in atmospheric flow. - 12 Quasi-geostrophic flows. - 12.1 Wind and temperature in balanced flows. - 12.2 The quasi-geostrophic approximation. - 12.3 Quasi-geostrophic potential vorticity. - 12.4 Ertel and quasi-geostrophic potential vorticities. - 13 The omega equation. - 13.1 Vorticity and thermal advection form. - 13.2 Sutcliffe Form. - 13.3 Q-vector form. - 13.4 Ageostrophic flow and the maintenance of balance. - 13.5 Balance and initialization. - 14 Linear theories of baroclinic instability. - 14.1 Qualitative discussion. - 14.2 Stability analysis of a zonal flow. - 14.3 Rossby wave interpretation of the stability conditions. - 14.4 The Eady model. - 14.5 The Charney and other quasi-geostrophic models. - 14.6 More realistic basic states. - 14.7 Initial value problem. - 15 Frontogenesis. - 15.1 Frontal scales. - 15.2 Ageostrophic circulation. - 15.3 Description of frontal collapse. - 15.4 The semi-geostrophic Eady model. - 15.5 The confluence model. - 15.6 Upper-level frontogenesis. - 16 The nonlinear development of baroclinic waves. - 16.1 The nonlinear domain. - 16.2 Semi-geostrophic baroclinic waves. - 16.3 Nonlinear baroclinic waves on realistic jetson the sphere. - 16.4 Eddy transports and zonal mean flow changes. - 16.5 Energetics of baroclinic waves. - 17 The potential vorticity perspective. - 17.1 Setting the scene. - 17.2 Potential vorticity and vertical velocity. - 17.3 Life cycles of some baroclinic waves. - 17.4 Alternative perspectives. - 17.5 Midlatitude blocking. - 17.6 Frictional and heating effects. - 18 Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing. - 18.1 Rossby wave propagation. - 18.2 Propagation of Rossby waves into the stratosphere. - 18.3 Propagation through a slowly varying medium. - 18.4 The Eliassen-Palm flux and group velocity. - 18.5 Baroclinic life cycles and Rossby waves. - 18.6 Variations of amplitude. - 18.7 Rossby waves and potential vorticity steps. - 18.8 Potential vorticity steps and the Rhines scale. - Appendices. - Appendix A: Notation. - Appendix B: Revision of vectors and vector calculus. - B.1 Vectors and their algebra. - B.2 Products of vectors. - B.3 Scalar fields and the grad operator. - B.4 The divergence and curl operators. - B.5 Gauss' and Stokes' theorems. - B.6 Some useful vector identities. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Washington : National Academies Press
    Call number: AWI P5-14-0057
    Description / Table of Contents: Once ice-bound, difficult to access, and largely ignored by the rest of the world, the Arctic is now front and center in the midst of many important questions facing the world today. Our daily weather, what we eat, and coastal flooding are all interconnected with the future of the Arctic. The year 2012 was an astounding year for Arctic change. The summer sea ice volume smashed previous records, losing approximately 75 percent of its value since 1980 and half of its areal coverage. Multiple records were also broken when 97 percent of Greenland's surface experienced melt conditions in 2012, the largest melt extent in the satellite era. Receding ice caps in Arctic Canada are now exposing land surfaces that have been continuously ice covered for more than 40,000 years. What happens in the Arctic has far-reaching implications around the world. Loss of snow and ice exacerbates climate change and is the largest contributor to expected global sea level rise during the next century. Ten percent of the world's fish catches comes from Arctic and sub-Arctic waters. The U.S. Geological Survey estimated that up to 13 percent of the world's remaining oil reserves are in the Arctic. The geologic history of the Arctic may hold vital clues about massive volcanic eruptions and the consequent release of massive amount of coal fly ash that is thought to have caused mass extinctions in the distant past. How will these changes affect the rest of Earth? What research should we invest in to best understand this previously hidden land, manage impacts of change on Arctic communities, and cooperate with researchers from other nations? The Arctic in the Anthropocene reviews research questions previously identified by Arctic researchers, and then highlights the new questions that have emerged in the wake of and expectation of further rapid Arctic change, as well as new capabilities to address them. This report is meant to guide future directions in U.S. Arctic research so that research is targeted on critical scientific and societal questions and conducted as effectively as possible. The Arctic in the Anthropocene identifies both a disciplinary and a cross-cutting research strategy for the next 10 to 20 years, and evaluates infrastructure needs and collaboration opportunities. The climate, biology, and society in the Arctic are changing in rapid, complex, and interactive ways. Understanding the Arctic system has never been more critical; thus, Arctic research has never been more important. This report will be a resource for institutions, funders, policy makers, and students. Written in an engaging style, The Arctic in the Anthropocene paints a picture of one of the last unknown places on this planet, and communicates the excitement and importance of the discoveries and challenges that lie ahead.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 210 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: [Final report]
    ISBN: 9780309301831 , 0-309-30183-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: SUMMARY. - 1 INTRODUCTION. - Study Context and Charge to the Committee. - Study Approach and Methodology. - Report Organization. - 2 RATIONALE FOR CONTINUED ARCTIC RESEARCH. - 3 EMERGING QUESTIONS. - Evolving Arctic. - Will Arctic communities have greater or lesser influence on their futures?. - Will the land be wetter or drier, and what are the associated implications for surface water, energy balances, and ecosystems?. - How much of the variability of the Arctic system is linked to ocean circulation?. - What are the impacts of extreme events in the new ice-reduced system?. - How will primary productivity change with decreasing sea ice and snow cover?. - How will species distributions and associated ecosystem structure change with the evolving cryosphere?. - Hidden Arctic. - What surprises are hidden within and beneath the ice?. - What is being irretrievably lost as the Arctic changes?. - Why does winter matter?. - What can "break or brake" glaciers and ice sheets?. - How unusual is the current Arctic warmth?. - What is the role of the Arctic in abrupt change?. - What has been the Cenozoic evolution of the Arctic Ocean Basin?. - Connected Arctic. - How will rapid Arctic warming change the jet stream and affect weather patterns in lower latitudes?. - What is the potential for a trajectory of irreversible loss of Arctic land ice, and how will its impact vary regionally?. - How will climate change affect exchanges between the Arctic Ocean andsubpolar basins?. - How will Arctic change affect the long-range transport and persistence of biota?. - How will changing societal connections between the Arctic and the rest of the world affect Arctic communities?. - Managed Arctic. - How will decreasing populations in rural villages and increasing urbanization affect Arctic peoples and societies?. - Will local, regional, and international relations in the Arctic move toward cooperation or conflict?. - How can 21st-century development in the Arctic occur without compromising the environment or indigenous cultures while still benefiting global and Arctic inhabitants?. - How can we prepare forecasts and scenarios to meet emerging management needs?. - What benefits and risks are presented by geoengineering and other large-scale technological interventions to prevent or reduce climate change and associated impacts in the Arctic?. - Undetermined Arctic. - Priority Setting. - 4 MEETING THE CHALLENGES. - Enhancing Cooperation. - Interagency. - International. - Interdisciplinary. - Intersectoral. - Cooperation through Social Media. - Sustaining Long-Term Observations. - Rationale for Long-Term Observations. - Coordinating Long-Term Observation Efforts. - Managing and Sharing Information. - Preserving the Legacy of Research through Data Preservation and Dissemination. - Creating a Culture of Data Preservation and Sharing. - Infrastructure to Ensure Data Flows from Observation to Users, Stakeholders, and Archives. - Data Visualization and Analysis. - Maintaining and Building Operational Capacity. - Mobile Platforms. - Fixed Platforms and Systems. - Remote Sensing. - Sensors. - Power and Communication. - Models in Prediction, Projection, and Re-Analyses. - Partnerships with Industry. - Growing Human Capacity. - Community Engagement. - Investing in Research. - Comprehensive Systems and Synthesis Research. - Non-Steady-State Research. - Social Sciences and Human Capacity. - Stakeholder-Initiated Research. - International Funding Cooperation. - Long-Term Observations. - 5 BUILDING KNOWLEDGE AND SOLVING PROBLEMS. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIXES. - A Acronyms and Abbreviations. - B Speaker and Interviewee Acknowledgments. - C Summary of Questionnaire Responses. - D Biographical Sketches of Committee Members.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI S2-14-0042 ; M 15.0198
    Description / Table of Contents: This revised and updated edition focuses on constrained ordination (RDA, CCA), variation partitioning and the use of permutation tests of statistical hypotheses about multivariate data. Both classification and modern regression methods (GLM, GAM, loess) are reviewes and species functional traits and spatial structures are analysed. Nine case studies of varying difficulty help to illustrate the suggestes analytical methods, using the latest version of Canoco 5. All studies utilise descriptive and manipulative approaches, and are supported by data sets and project files available from the book website: http://regent.prf.jcu.cz/maed2/. Written primarily for community ecologists needing to analyse data resulting from field observations and experiments, this book is a valuable resource for students and researchers dealing with both simple and complex ecological problems, such as the variation of biotic communities with environmental conditions or their response to experimental manipulation.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 362 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2. ed.
    ISBN: 9781107694408 , 1-107-69440-X
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Introduction and datatypes. - 1.1 Why ordination?. - 1.2 Datatypes. - 1.3 Data transformation and standardisation. - 1.4 Missing values. - 1.5 Types of analyses. - 2 Using Canoco 5. - 2.1 Philosophy of Canoco 5. - 2.2 Data import and editing. - 2.3 Defining analyses. - 2.4 Visualising results. - 2.5 Beware, CANOCO 4.x users!. - 3 Experimental design. - 3.1 Completely randomised design. - 3.2 Randomised complete blocks. - 3.3 Latin square design. - 3.4 Pseudo replicates. - 3.5 Combining more than one factor. - 3.6 Following the development of objects in time: repeated observations. - 3.7 Experimental and observational data. - 4 Basics of gradient analysis. - 4.1 Techniques of gradient analysis. - 4.2 Models of response to gradients. - 4.3 Estimating species optima by weighted averaging. - 4.4 Calibration. - 4.5 Unconstrained ordination. - 4.6 Constrained ordination. - 4.7 Basic ordination techniques. - 4.8 Ordination axes as optimal predictors. - 4.9 Ordination diagrams. - 4.10 Two approaches. - 4.11 Testing significance of the relation with explanatory variables. - 4.12 Monte Carlo permutation tests for the significance of regression. - 4.13 Relating two biotic communities. - 4.14 Community composition as a cause: using reverse analysis. - 5.1 Permutation tests: the philosophy. - 5.2 Pseudo-F statistics and significance. - 5.3 Testing individual constrained axes. - 5.4 Tests with spatial or temporal constraints. - 5.5 Tests with hierarchical constraints. - 5.6 Simple versus conditional effects and stepwises election. - 5.7 Variation partitioning. - 5.8 Significance adjustment for multiple tests. - 6 Similarity measures and distance-based methods. - 6.1 Similarity measures for presence-absence data. - 6.2 Similarity measures for quantitative data. - 6.3 Similarity of cases versus similarity of communities. - 6.4 Similarity between species in trait values. - 6.5 Principal coordinates analysis. - 6.6 Constrained principal coordinates analysis (db-RDA). - 6.7 Non-metric multidimensional scaling. - 6.8 Mantel test. - 7.1 Example data set properties. - 7.2 Non-hierarchical classification (K-means clustering). - 7.3 Hierarchical classification. - 7.4 TWINSPAN. - 8 Regression methods. - 8.1 Regression models in general. - 8.2 General linear model: terms. - 8.3 Generalized linear models (GLM). - 8.4 Loess smoother. - 8.5 Generalized additive models (GAM). - 8.6 Mixed-effect models (LMM, GLMM and GAMM). - 8.7 Classification and regression trees (CART). - 8.8 Modelling species response curves with Canoco. - 9 Interpreting community composition with functional traits. - 9.1 Required data. - 9.2 Two approaches in traits - environment studies. - 9.3 Community-based approach. - 9.4 Species-based approach. - 10 Advanced use of ordination. - 10.1 Principal response curves (PRC). - 10.2 Separating spatial variation. - 10.3 Linear discriminant analysis. - 10.4 Hierarchical analysis of community variation. - 10.5 Partitioning diversity indices into alpha and beta components. - 10.6 Predicting community composition. - 11 Visualising multivariate data. - 11.1 Reading ordination diagrams of linear methods. - 11.2 Reading ordination diagrams of unimodal methods. - 11.3 Attribute plots. - 11.4 Visualising classification, groups, and sequences. - 11.5 T-value biplot. - 12 Case study 1: Variation in forest bird assemblages. - 12.1 Unconstrained ordination: portraying variation in bird community. - 12.2 Simple constrained ordination: the effect of altitude on bird community. - 12.3 Partial constrained ordination: additional effect of other habitat characteristics. - 12.4 Separating and testing alpha and beta diversity. - 13 Case study 2: Search for community composition patterns and their environmental correlates: vegetation of spring meadows. - 13.1 Unconstrained ordination. - 13.2 Constrained ordination. - 13.3 Classification. - 13.4 Suggestions for additional analyses. - 13.5 Comparing two communities. - 14 Case study 3: Separating the effects of explanatory variables. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Data. - 14.3 Changes in species richness and composition. - 14.4 Changes in species traits. - 15 Case study 4: Evaluation of experiments in randomised complete blocks. - 15.1 Introduction. - 15.2 Data. - 15.3 Analysis. - 15.4 Calculating ANOVA using constrained ordination. - 16 Case study 5: Analysis of repeated observations of species composition from a factorial experiment. - 16.1 Introduction. - 16.2 Experimental design. - 16.3 Data coding and use. - 16.4 Univariate analyses. - 16.5 Constrained ordinations. - 16.6 Principal response curves. - 16.7 Temporal changes across treatments. - 16.8 Changes in composition of functional traits. - 17 Case study 6: Hierarchical analysis of crayfish community variation. - 17.1 Data and design. - 17.2 Differences among sampling locations. - 17.3 Hierarchical decomposition of community variation. - 18 Case study 7: Analysis of taxonomic data with discriminant analysis and distance-based ordination. - 18.1 Data. - 18.2 Summarising morphological data with PCA. - 18.3 Linear discriminant analysis of morphological data. - 18.4 Principal coordinates analysis of AFLP data. - 18.5 Testing taxon differences in AFLP data using db-RDA. - 18.6 Taking populations into account. - 19 Case study 8: Separating effects of space and environment on oribatid community with PCNM. - 19.1 Ignoring the space. - 19.2 Detecting spatial trends. - 19.3 All-scale spatial variation of community and environment. - 19.4 Variation partitioning with spatial predictors. - 19.5 Visualising spatial variation. - 20 Case study 9: Performing linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.1 Data. - 20.2 Linear regression using program R. - 20.3 Linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.4 Fitting generalized linear models in Canoco. - Appendix A Glossary. - Appendix B Sample data sets and projects. - Appendix C Access to Canoco and overview of other software. - Appendix D Working with R. - References. - Index to useful tasks in Canoco 5. - Subject index.
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Nordeuropa-Inst. der Humboldt-Univ.
    Call number: AWI P5-17-91081
    Description / Table of Contents: Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands have in common their history as Danish dependencies within a historically and geographically coherent region. The complex aftermaths of Denmark's sovereignty over its North Atlantic territories and their ongoing nation building processes lie at the core of this book. Today, we are witnessing region building processes beyond bilateral links to Denmark. How do the countries position themselves, individually and collectively, vis-à-vis the European metropolitan centres, a larger transcontinental North Atlantic region, the "hot" Arctic, and global histories of colonialism and decolonisation? By examining the region from cultural, literary, historical, political, anthropological and linguistic perspectives, the articles in this book shed light on Nordic colonialism and its understanding as "exceptional", and challenge and modify established notions of postcolonialism. Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands are shown to be both the (former) subjects as well as the producers of cultural hierarchisations in an entangled world.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 422 S.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783932406355
    Series Statement: Berliner Beiträge zur Skandinavistik 20
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91738
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 716 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9780123877826
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgments. - 1. Data Acquisition and Recording. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Basic Sampling Requirements. - 1.3 Temperature. - 1.4 Salinity. - 1.5 Depth or Pressure. - 1.6 Sea-Level Measurement. - 1.7 Eulerian Currents. - 1.8 Lagrangian Current Measurements. - 1.9 Wind. - 1.10 Precipitation. - 1.11 Chemical Tracers. - 1.12 Transient Chemical Tracers. - 2. Data Processing and Presentation. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Calibration. - 2.3 Interpolation. - 2.4 Data Presentation. - 3. Statistical Methods and Error Handling. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Sample Distributions. - 3.3 Probability. - 3.4 Moments and Expected Values. - 3.5 Common PDFs. - 3.6 Central Limit Theorem. - 3.7 Estimation. - 3.8 Confidence Intervals. - 3.9 Selecting the Sample Size. - 3.10 Confidence Intervals for Altimeter-Bias Estimates. - 3.11 Estimation Methods. - 3.12 Linear Estimation (Regression). - 3.13 Relationship between Regression and Correlation. - 3.14 Hypothesis Testing. - 3.15 Effective Degrees of Freedom. - 3.16 Editing and Despiking Techniques: The Nature of Errors. - 3.17 Interpolation: Filling the Data Gaps. - 3.18 Covariance and the Covariance Matrix. - 3.19 The Bootstrap and Jackknife Methods. - 4. The Spatial Analyses of Data Fields. - 4.1 Traditional Block and Bulk Averaging. - 4.2 Objective Analysis. - 4.3 Kriging. - 4.4 Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.5 Extended Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.6 Cyclostationary EOFs. - 4.7 Factor Analysis. - 4.8 Normal Mode Analysis. - 4.9 Self Organizing Maps. - 4.10 Kalman Filters. - 4.11 Mixed Layer Depth Estimation. - 4.12 Inverse Methods. - 5. Time Series Analysis Methods. - 5.1 Basic Concepts. - 5.2 Stochastic Processes and Stationarity. - 5.3 Correlation Functions. - 5.4 Spectral Analysis. - 5.5 Spectral Analysis (Parametric Methods). - 5.6 Cross-Spectral Analysis. - 5.7 Wavelet Analysis. - 5.8 Fourier Analysis. - 5.9 Harmonic Analysis. - 5.10 Regime Shift Detection. - 5.11 Vector Regression. - 5.12 Fractals. - 6. Digital Filters. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Basic Concepts. - 6.3 Ideal Filters. - 6.4 Design of Oceanographic Filters. - 6.5 Running-Mean Filters. - 6.6 Godin-Type Filters. - 6.7 Lanczos-window Cosine Filters. - 6.8 Butterworth Filters. - 6.9 Kaiser-Bessel Filters. - 6.10 Frequency-Domain (Transform) Filtering. - References. - Appendix A: Units in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix B: Glossary of Statistical Terminology. - Appendix C: Means, Variances and Moment,Generating Functions for Some Common Continuous Variables. - Appendix D: Statistical Tables. - Appendix E: Correlation Coefficients at the 5% and 1% Levels of Significance for Various Degrees of Freedom v. - Appendix F: Approximations and Nondimensional Numbers in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix G: Convolution. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93993
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: III, 127 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2014 , Table of contents I - Abstract II - Zusammenfassung Chapter 1 - Introduction 1.1. Introduction 1.1.1 Motivation 1.1.2 Organisation of thesis 1.1 Scientific background 1.2.1 Arctic and wetland bryophytes 1.2.2 Bryophyte remains as palaeo-environmental indicators 1.2.3 Regional setting 1.3 Objectives ofthe thesis 1.4 Overview of the manuscripts 1.5 Contribution of the authors Chapter 2 - Manuscript #1 Abstract 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Geographic setting 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Fieldwork 2.3.2 Radiocarbon dating 2.3.3 Geochemical, stable carbon isotope, and granulometric analyses 2.3.4 Analyses of moss remains and vascular plant macrofossils 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Diatom analysis 2.3.7 Statistical analysis 2.4 Results 2.4.1 High-resolution spatial characteristics oft the investigated polygon and vegetation pattern 2.4.2 Geochronology and age-depth relationships 2.4.3 General properties of the sedimentary fill 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization oftwo different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #11 Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential ofvascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization of two different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #II Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential of vascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 - Manuscript #3 Abstract 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Material and methods 4.2.1 Sites 4.2.2 Sampling 4.2.3 Investigated moss species 4.2.4 Measurements 4.2.5 Statistical Tests 4.3 Results 4.4 Discussion Chapter 5 - Discussion 5.1 Bryophytes of polygonal landscapes in Siberia 5.1.1 Modern bryophytes in the Siberian Arctic 5.1.2 Biochemical and isotopic characteristics of mosses 5.1.3 Reliability and potential of fossil bryophyte remains as palaeoproxies 5.2 Dynamics of low-centred polygons during the late Holocene 5.3 Outlook Appendix I - Preliminary Report Motivation Material and methods Results and first interpretation Appendix II Additional tables and figures of manuscript #1 Appendix III Additional figures of manuscript #2 Appendix IV - Quantitative approach of Standard Moss Stem (SMS3) Bibliography Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI A11-15-89031
    Description / Table of Contents: Thermodynamics, Kinetics and Microphysics of Clouds presents a unified theoretical foundation that provides the basis for incorporating cloud microphysical processes in cloud and climate models. In particular, the book provides: • a theoretical basis for understanding the processes of cloud particle formation, evolution and precipitation, with emphasis on spectral cloud microphysics based on numerical and analytical solutions of the kinetic equations for the drop and crystal size spectra along with the supersaturation equation; • the latest detailed theories and parameterizations of drop and crystal nucleation suitable for cloud and climate models derived from the general principles of thermodynamics and kinetics; • a platform for advanced parameterization of clouds in weather prediction and climate models; • the scientific foundation for weather and climate modification by cloud seeding. This book will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students engaged in cloud and aerosol physics, and air pollution and climate research.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 782 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-1-107-01603-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1. Relations among Thermodynamics, Kinetics, and Cloud Microphysics. - 1.2. The Correspondence Principle. - 1.3. Structure of the Book. - 2. Clouds and Their Properties. - 2.1. Cloud Classification. - 2.2. Cloud Regimes and Global Cloud Distribution. - 2.2.1. Large-Scale Condensation in Fronts and Cyclones. - 2.2.2. Sc-St Clouds and Types of Cloud-Topped Boundary Layer. - 2.2.3. Convective Cloudiness in the Intertropical Convergence Zone. - 2.2.4. Orographic Cloudiness. - 2.3. Cloud Microphysical Properties. - 2.4. Size Spectra and Moments. - 2.4.1. Inverse Power Laws. - 2.4.2. Lognormal Distributions. - 2.4.3. Algebraic Distributions. - 2.4.4. Gamma Distributions. - 2.5. Cloud Optical Properties. - Appendix A.2. Evaluation of the Integrals with Lognormal Distribution. - 3. Thermodynamic Relations. - 3.1. Thermodynamic Potentials. - 3.2. Statistical Energy Distributions. - 3.2.1. The Gibbs Distribution. - 3.2.2. The Maxwell Distribution. - 3.2.3. The Boltzmann Distribution. - 3.2.4. Bose–Einstein Statistics. - 3.2.5. Fermi–Dirac Statistics. - 3.3. Phase Rules. - 3.3.1. Bulk Phases. - 3.3.2. Systems with Curved Interfaces. - 3.4. Free Energy and Equations of State. - 3.4.1. An Ideal Gas. - 3.4.2. Free Energy and the van der Waals Equation of State for a Non-Ideal Gas. - 3.5. Thermodynamics of Solutions. - 3.6. General Phase Equilibrium Equation for Solutions. - 3.6.1. General Equilibrium Equation. - 3.6.2. The Gibbs–Duhem Relation. - 3.7. The Clausius–Clapeyron Equation. - 3.7.1. Equilibrium between Liquid and Ice Bulk Phases. - 3.7.2. Equilibrium of a Pure Water Drop with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.3. Equilibrium of an Ice Crystal with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.4. Humidity Variables. - 3.8. Phase Equilibrium for a Curved Interface - The Kelvin Equation. - 3.9. Solution Effects and the Köhler Equation. - 3.10. Thermodynamic Properties of Gas Mixtures and Solutions. - 3.10.1. Partial Gas Pressures in a Mixture of Gases. - 3.10.2. Equilibrium of Two Bulk Phases around a Phase Transition Point. - 3.10.3. Raoult’s Law for Solutions. - 3.10.4. Freezing Point Depression and Boiling Point Elevation. - 3.10.5. Relation of Water Activity and Freezing Point Depression. - 3.11. A diabatic Processes. - 3.11.1. Dry Adiabatic Processes. - 3.11.2. Wet Adiabatic Processes. - Appendix A.3. Calculation of Integrals with the Maxwell Distribution. - 4. Properties of Water and Aqueous Solutions. - 4.1. Properties of Water at Low Temperatures and High Pressures. - 4.1.1. Forms of Water at Low Temperatures. - 4.1.2. Forms of Water at High Pressures. - 4.2. Theories of Water. - 4.3. Temperature Ranges in Clouds and Equivalence of Pressure and Solution Effects. - 4.4. Parameterizations of Water and Ice Thermodynamic Properties. - 4.4.1. Saturated Vapor Pressures. - 4.4.2. Heat Capacity of Water and Ice. - 4.4.3. Latent Heats of Phase Transitions. - 4.4.4. Surface Tension between Water and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.5. Surface Tension between Ice and Water or Solutions. - 4.4.6. Surface Tension between Ice and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.7 Density of Water. - 4.4.8. Density of Ice. - 4.5. Heat Capacity and Einstein-Debye Thermodynamic Equations of State for Ice. - 4.6. Equations of State for Ice in Terms of Gibbs Free Energy. - 4.7. Generalized Equations of State for Fluid Water. - 4.7.1. Equations of the van der Waals Type and in Terms of Helmholtz Free Energy. - 4.7.2. Equations of State Based on the Concept of the Second Critical Point. - Appendix A.4. Relations among Various Pressure Units. - 5. Diffusion and Coagulation Growth of Drops and Crystals. - 5.1. Diffusional Growth of Individual Drops. - 5.1.1. Diffusional Growth Regime. - 5.1.2. The Kinetic Regime and Kinetic Corrections to the Growth Rate. - 5.1.3. Psychrometric Correction Due to Latent Heat Release. - 5.1.4. Radius Growth Rate. - 5.1.5. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.2. Diffusional Growth of Crystals. - 5.2.1. Mass Growth Rates. - 5.2.2. Axial Growth Rates. - 5.2.3. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.3. Equations for Water and Ice Supersaturations. - 5.3.1. General Form of Equations for Fractional Water Supersaturation. - 5.3.2. Supersaturation Relaxation Times and Their Limits. - 5.3.3. E quation for Water Supersaturation in Terms of Relaxation Times. - 5.3.4. Equivalence of Various Forms of Supersaturation Equations. - 5.3.5. Equation for Fractional Ice Supersaturation. - 5.3.6. Equilibrium Supersaturations over Water and Ice. - Liquid Clouds. - Ice Clouds. - Mixed Phase Clouds. - 5.3.7. A diabatic Lapse Rates with Non zero Supersaturations. - 5.4. The Wegener–Bergeron–Findeisen Process and Cloud Crystallization. - 5.5. Kinetic Equations of Condensation and Deposition in the Adiabatic Process. - 5.5.1. Derivation of the Kinetic Equations. - 5.5.2. Some Properties of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.3. Analytical Solution of the Kinetic Equations of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.4. Equation for the Integral Supersaturation. - 5.6. Kinetic Equations of Coagulation. - 5.6.1. Various Forms of the Coagulation Equation. - 5.6.2. Collection Kernels for Various Coagulation Processes. - Brownian Coagulation. - Gravitational Coagulation. - 5.7. Thermodynamic and Kinetic Equations for Multidimensional Models. - 5.8. Fast Algorithms for Microphysics Modules in Multidimensional Models. - 6. Wet Aerosol Processes. - 6.1. Introduction. - 6.1.1. Empirical Parameterizations of Hygroscopic Growth. - 6.1.2. Empirical Parameterizations of Droplet Activation. - 6.2. Equilibrium Radii. - 6.2.1. Equilibrium Radii at Subsaturation. - 6.2.2. Equilibrium Radii of Interstitial Aerosol in a Cloud. - 6.3. Critical Radius and Supersaturation. - 6.4. Aerosol Size Spectra. - 6.4.1. Lognormal and Inverse Power Law Size Spectra. - 6.4.2. Approximation of the Lognormal Size Spectra by the Inverse Power Law. - 6.4.3. Examples of the Lognormal Size Spectra, Inverse Power Law, and Power Indices. - 6.4.4. Algebraic Approximation of the Lognormal Distribution. - 6.5. Transformation of the Size Spectra of Wet Aerosol at Varying Humidity. - 6.5.1. Arbitrary Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.2. Lognormal Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.3. Inverse Power Law Spectrum. - 6.5.4. Algebraic Size Spectra. - 6.6. CCN Differential Supersaturation Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.1. A rbitrary Dry Aerosol Size Spectrum. - 6.6.2. Lognormal Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.3. Algebraic Activity Spectrum. - 6.7. Droplet Concentration and the Modified Power Law for Drops Activation. - 6.7.1. Lognormal and Algebraic CCN Spectra. - 6.7.2. Modified Power Law for the Drop Concentration. - 6.7.3. Supersaturation Dependence of Power Law Parameters. - Appendix A.6. Solutions of Cubic Equations for Equilibrium and Critical Radii. - 7. Activation of Cloud Condensation Nuclei into Cloud Drops. - 7.1. Introduction. - 7.2. Integral Supersaturation in Liquid Clouds with Drop Activation. - 7.3. Analytical Solutions to the Supersaturation Equation. - 7.4. Analytical Solutions for the Activation Time, Maximum Supersaturation, and Drop Concentration. - 7.5. Calculations of CCN Activation Kinetics. - 7.6. Four Analytical Limits of Solution. - 7.7. Limit #1: Small Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.7.1. Lower Bound. - 7.7.2. Upper Bound. - 7.7.3. Comparison with Twomey’s Power Law. - 7.8. Limit #2: Small Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.8.1. Lower Bound. - 7.8.2. Upper Bound. - 7.9. Limit #3: Large Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.9.1. Lower Bound. - 7.9.2. Upper Bound. - 7.10. Limit #4: Large Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.10.1. Lower Bound. - 7.10.2. Upper Bound. - 7.11. Interpolation Equations and Comparison with Exact Solutions. - Appendix A.7. Evaluation of the Integrals J2 and J3 for Four Limiting Cases. - 8. Homogeneous Nucleation. - 8.1. Metastable States and Nucleation of a New Phase. - 8.2. Nucleation Rates for Condensation and Deposition. - 8.2.1. Application of Boltzmann Statistics. - 8.2.2. The Fokker–Planck
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1.014 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Photo Credits Computer Codes 1 Introduction 1-1 Why Microwaves for Remote Sensing? 1-2 A Brief Overview of Microwave Sensors 1-3 A Short History of Microwave Remote Sensing 1-3.1 Radar 1-3.2 Radiometers 1-4 The Electromagnetic Spectrum 1-5 Basic Operation and Applications of Radar 1-5.1 Operation of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-5.2 Applications of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-6 Basic Operation and Applications of Radiometers 1-6.1 Radiometer Operation 1-6.2 Applications of Microwave Radiometry 1-7 Image Examples 2 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation 2-1 EM Plane Waves 2-1.1 Constitutive Parameters 2-1.2 Maxwell's Equations 2-1.3 Complex Permittivity 2-1.4 Wave Equations 2-2 Plane-Wave Propagation in Lossless Media 2-2.1 Uniform Plane Waves 2-2.2 General Relation between E and H 2-3 Wave Polarization in a Lossless Medium 2-3.1 Linear Polarization 2-3.2 Circular Polarization 2-3.3 Elliptical Polarization 2-4 Plane Wave Propagation in Lossy Media 2-4.1 Low Loss Dielectric 2-4.2 Good Conductor 2-5 Electromagnetic Power Density 2-5.1 Plane Wave in a Lossless Medium 2-5.2 Plane Wave in a Lossy Medium 2-5.3 Decibel Scale tor Power Ratios 2-6 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Normal Incidence 2-6.1 Boundary between Lossless Media 2-6.2 Boundary between Lossy Media 2-7 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Oblique Incidence 2-7.1 Horizontal Polarization—Lossless Media 2-7.2 Vertical Polarization 2-8 Reflectivity and Transmissivity 2-9 Oblique Incidence onto a Lossy Medium 2- 10 Oblique Incidence onto a Two-Layer Composite 2-10.1 Input Parameters 2-10.2 Propagation Matrix Method 2-10.3 Multiple Reflection Method 3 Remote-Sensing Antennas 3-1 The Hertzian Dipole 3-2 Antenna Radiation Characteristics 3-2.1 Antenna Pattern 3-2.2 Beam Dimensions 3-2.3 Antenna Directivity 3-2.4 Antenna Gain 3-2.5 Radiation Efficiency 3-2.6 Effective Area of a Receiving Antenna 3-3 Friis Transmission Formula 3-4 Radiation by Large-Aperture Antennas 3-5 Rectangular Aperture with Uniform Field Distribution 3-5.1 Antenna Pattern in x-y Plane 3-5.2 Beamwidth 3-5.3 Directivity and Effective Area 3-6 Circular Aperture with Uniform Field Illumination 3-7 Nonuniform-Amplitude Illumination 3-8 Beam Efficiency 3-9 Antenna Arrays 3-10 N-Element Array with Uniform Phase Distribution 3-10.1 Uniform Amplitude Distribution 3-10.2 Grating Lobes 3-10.3 Binomial Distribution 3-11 Electronic Scanning of Arrays 3-12 Antenna Types 3-12.1 Horn Antennas 3-12.2 Slot Antennas 3-12.3 Microstrip Antennas 3-13 Active Antennas 3-13.1 Advantages of Active Antennas 3-13.2 Digital Beamforming with Active Antennas 4 Microwave Dielectric Properties of Natural Earth Materials 4-1 Pure-Water Single-Debye Dielectric Model (f 〈 50 GHz) 4-2 Saline-Water Double-Debye Dielectric Model (f〈 1000 GHz) 4-3 Dielectric Constant of Pure Ice 4-4 Dielectric Mixing Models for Heterogeneous Materials 4-4.1 Randomly Oriented Ellipsoidal Inclusions 4-4.2 Polder-van Santen/de Loor Formulas 4-4.3 Tinga-Voss-Blossey (TVB) Formulas 4-4.4 Other Dielectric Mixing Formulas 4-5 Sea Ice 4-5.1 Dielectric Constant of Brine 4-5.2 Brine Volume Fraction 4-5.3 Dielectric Properties 4-6 Dielectric Constant of Snow 4-6.1 Dry Snow 4-6.2 Wet Snow 4-7 Dielectric Constant of Dry Rocks 4-7.1 Powdered Rocks 4-7.2 Solid Rocks 4-8 Dielectric Constant of Soils 4-8.1 Dry Soil 4-8.2 Wet Soil 4-8.3 εsoil in 0.3-1.5 GHz Band 4-9 Dielectric Constant of Vegetation 4-9.1 Dielectric Constant of Canopy Constituents 4-9.2 Dielectric Model 5 Radar Scattering 5-1 Wave Polarization in a Spherical Coordinate System 5-2 Scattering Coordinate Systems 5-2.1 Forward Scattering Alignment (FSA) Convention 5-2.2 Backscatter Alignment (BSA) Convention 5-3 Scattering Matrix 5-3.1 FSA Convention 5-3.2 BSA Convention 5-3.3 Stokes Parameters and Mueller Matrix 5-4 Radar Equation 5-5 Scattering from Distributed Targets 5-5.1 Narrow-Beam Scatterometer 5-5.2 Imaging Radar 5-5.3 Specific Intensities for Distributed Target 5-6 RCS Statistics 5-7 Rayleigh Fading Model 5-7.1 Underlying Assumptions 5-7.2 Linear Detection 5-7.3 Square-Law Detection 5-7.4 Interpretation 5-8 Multiple Independent Samples 5-8.1 N-Look Amplitude Image 5-8.2 N-Look Intensity Image 5-8.3 N-Look Square-Root Intensity Image 5-8.4 Spatial Resolution vs. Radiometric Resolution 5-8.5 Applicability of the Rayleigh Fading Model 5-9 Image Texture and Despeckle Filtering . 5-9.1 Image Texture 5-9.2 Despeckling Filters 5-10 Coherent and Noncoherent Scattering 5-10.1 Surface Roughness 5-10.2 Bistatic Scattering 5-10.3 Specular Reflectivity 5-10.4 Bistatic-Scattering Coefficient 5-10.5 Backscattering Response of a Smooth Surface 5-11 Polarization Synthesis 5-11.1 RCS Polarization Response 5-11.2 Distributed Targets 5-11.3 Mueller Matrix Approach 5-12 Polarimetric Scattering Statistics 5-13 Polarimetric Analysis Tools 5-13.1 Scattering Covariance Matrix 5-13.2 Eigenvector Decomposition 5-13.3 Useful Polarimetric Parameters 5-13.4 Image Examples 5-13.5 Freeman-Durden Decomposition 6 Microwave Radiometry and Radiative Transfer 6-1 Radiometric Quantities 6-2 Thermal Radiation 6-2.1 Quantum Theory of Radiation 6-2.2 Planck's Blackbody Radiation Law 6-2.3 The Rayleigh-Jeans Law 6-3 Power-Temperature Correspondence 6-4 Radiation by Natural Materials 6-4.1 Brightness Temperature 6-4.2 Brightness Temperature Distribution 6-4.3 Antenna Temperature 6-5 Antenna Efficiency Considerations 6-5.1 Beam Efficiency 6-5.2 Radiation Efficiency 6-5.3 Radiometer Measurement Ambiguity 6-6 Theory of Radiative Transfer 6-6.1 Equation of Radiative Transfer 6-6.2 Brightness-Temperature Equation 6-6.3 Brightness Temperature of a Stratified Medium 6-6.4 Brightness Temperature of a Scatter-Free Medium 6-6.5 Upwelling and Downwelling Atmospheric Brightness Temperatures 6-7 Terrain Brightness Temperature 6-7.1 Brightness Transmission Across a Specular Boundary 6-7.2 Emission by a Specular Surface 6-7.3 Emissivity of a Rough Surface 6-7.4 Extreme Surface Conditions 6-7.5 Emissivity of a Two-Layer Composite 6-8 Downward-Looking Satellite Radiometer 6-9 Polarimetric Radiometry 6-10 Stokes Parameters and Periodic Structures 7 Microwave Radiometric Systems 7-1 Equivalent Noise Temperature 7-2 Characterization of Noise 7-2.1 Noise Figure 7-2.2 Equivalent Input Noise Temperature 7-2.3 Noise Temperature of a Cascaded System 7-2.4 Noise Temperature of a Lossy Two-Port Device 7-3 Receiver and System Noise Temperatures 7-3.1 Receiver Alone 7-3.2 Total System Including Antenna 7-4 Radiometer Operation 7-4.1 Measurement Accuracy 7-4.2 Total-Power Radiometer 7-4.3 Radiometric Resolution 7-5 Effects of Receiver Gain Variations 7-6 Dicke Radiometer 7-7 Balancing Techniques 7-7.1 Reference-Channel Control Method 7-7.2 Antenna-Channel Noise-Injection Method 7-7.3 Pulsed Noise-Injection Method 7-7.4 Gain-Modulation Method 7-8 Automatic-Gain-Control (AGC) Techniques 7-9 Noise-Adding Radiometer 7-10 Summary of Radiometer Properties 7-11 Radiometer Calibration Techniques 7-11.1 Receiver Calibration 7-11.2 Calibration Sources 7-11.3 Effects of Impedance Mismatches 7-11.4 Antenna Calibration 7-11.5 Cryoload Technique 7-11.6 Bucket Technique 7-12 Imaging Considerations 7-12.1 Scanning Configurations 7-12.2 Radiometer Uncertainty Principle 7-13 Interferometric Aperture Synthesis 7-13.1 Image Reconstruction 7-13.2 MIR Radiometric Sensitivity 7-14 Polarimetric Radiometer 7-14.1 Coherent Detection 7-14.2 Incoherent Detection 7-15 Calibration of Polarimetric Radiometers 7-15.1 Forward Model for a Fully Polarimetric Radiometer 7-15.2 Forward Model for the Polarimetric Calibration Source 7-15.3 Calibration by Inversion of the Forward Models 7-16 Digital Radiometers 8 Microwave Interaction with Atmospheric Constituents 8-1 Standard Atmosphere 8-1.1 Atmospheric Composition 8-1.2 Temperature Profile 8-1.3 Density Profile 8-1.4 Pressure Profi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book described the current status and possible future changes of the thermokarst (thaw) lakes of western Siberia as dominant forms of landscape and regulators of greenhouse gas exchange within the atmosphere. Thawing permafrost and resulting microbial decomposition of previously frozen organic carbon is one of the most significant terrestrial ecosystem positive feedbacks to a warming climate. Ongoing processes of the permafrost thawing in Western Siberia are likely to increase the surface of water bodies via forming so-called thermokarst lakes, mobilizing the organic carbon (OC) from the soil pool to the rivers and, finally, to the ocean, and thus modifying the fluxes of methane (CH4) and CO2 to the atmosphere. Despite their tremendous importance for green house gazes regulation and hydrological regime control, very little is known about hydrochemistry of western Siberia thaw lakes. This book assesses the variation of major and trace elements (TE) and organic carbon (OC) concentration along the chronosequence of lake development and the latitude profile of variable permafrost abundance; characterizes the colloidal status of TE and distinguishes between the relative proportion of organic and organo-mineral colloids; describes the particularity of microbiological composition of thermokarst lake waters and production/mineralization processes in the water column; and presents the perspective of water chemical composition evolution under the climate change scenario. Each of these aforementioned objectives present a scientific challenge given mainly the paucity of existing information on these important but still very poorly studied ecosystems. Taken together, understanding of these issues and identification and quantification of controlling environmental parameters should produce conceptually new knowledge of biogeochemical processes operating within the Western Siberia Plain with the possibility of extrapolation of generated knowledge to much larger territories of arctic and subarctic permafrost-affected areas. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Biochemistry research trends
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introduction: Thermokarst Lakes of Western Siberia as Dominant Forms of Landscape and Regulators of Greenhouse Gas Exchange with the Atmosphere Chapter 1. Thermokarst Lakes: Distribution, Cycle of Development, Surface Coverage and Evolution Chapter 2. Sources of Dissolved Components in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 3. Temperature and Gas Regime Chapter 4. Dissolved Organic Carbon Chapter 5. Microbiology of Thermokarst Lake Systems Chapter 6. Trace Elements in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 7. Colloids in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 8. Latitude Profile Gradients of Lakes: Substituting Space for Time Chapter 9. Possible Impact of Climate Warming on Stocks and Fluxes of Carbon and Related Elements in Western Siberian Lakes Conclusions: Thaw Lakes as Indicators of Climate Change References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Gdynia : Gdynia Maritime University
    Call number: AWI A4-15-0012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 402 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9788374211918
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENS: 1. lntroduction. - 2. Location of the Polish Polar Station at Hornsund. - 3. The principal climatic parameters. - 3.1. Duralion of day and night. - 3.2. Potential insolation. - 3.3. Changes in the sea ice area and the surface temperatures of surrounding seas. - 3.3.1. Sea surface temperature. - 3.3.2. Sea ice cover. - 3.3.3. Factcrs influencing changes of SST and ice cover in the region of Spitsbergen. - 4. The atmospheric circulation. - 4.1. The mean baric field. - 4.2. The frequency of occurrence of the circulation types. - 4.3. Index of zonal circulation - western (W). - 4.4. Index of meridional circulation - southern (S). - 4.5. Index of cyclonicity (C). - 5. The atmospheric pressure. - 5.1. The annual course. - 5.2. Extreme values and interdiurnal variability. - 6. The winds. - 6.1. The structure of wind directions. - 6.2. Wind speeds. - 6.3. The associations between wind directions and speeds. - 7. Cloudiness and sunshine duration. - 7.1. Cloudiness. - 7.2. Clear and cloudy days. - 7.3. Types of clouds, manifestations of local climatic features in the cloudiness. - 7.4. Sunshine duration. - 8. Solar radiation. - 9. Air temperature. - 9.1. Annual air temperature. - 9.2. Monthly air temperatures. - 9.3 The annual patterns of diurnal temperature. - 9.5 Thermal seasons. - 9.5 Factors shaping interannual variability of the air temperature. - 9.5.1. Associations of air temperature at Hornsund with indices describing the large scale atmospheric circulation. - 9.5.2 lnfluence of atmospheric circulation on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.3. The influence of sea ice cover on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.4. The influence of sea surface temperature (SST) changes on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.5. Comprehensive effects of changes of sea ice extent, sea surface temperature and atmospheric circulation on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 10. Humidity. - 10.1. Water vapour pressure. - 10.2. Relative humidity. - 11. Atmospheric precipitation. - 11 .1. General information, materials and methods. - 11.2.Distribution of monthly means and annual totals of precipitation. - 11.3. High diurnal precipitation. - 11.4 Number of days with precipitation. - 11.5 The annual cycle of atmospheric precipitation, taking the modes of occurrence into consideration. - 11.6 Associations of precipitation with atmospheric circulation. - 12. The horizontal visibility and fog. - 12.1 The horizontal visibility. - 12.2 Fog. - 13. States of the weather and weather seasonality. - 13.1 Methods. - 13.2 Structure of states of the weather. - 13.2.1 Weather groups and subgroups. - 13.2.2 Weather classes. - 13.2.3. Types of weather. - 13.2.4 The annual structure of states of the weather. - 13.3 Seasonal structure of the climate in the station region. - 13.3.1. Winter (October 21 - May 10). - 13.3.2. Spring (May 11 - July 10). - 13.3.3. Summer (July 11 - August 31). - 13.3.4. Autumn (September 1 - October 20). - 13.3.5. Remarks on the observed climatic seasonality. - 14. The climate of the station in the light of selected climatic indices. - 14.1. Continentality and oceanicity of the climate. - 14.2. The humidity of the climate. - 14.3. Wind chill. - 14.4. Positive and negative degree-days. - 15. The associations between climatic parameters and a model of changes of climatic conditions in the Hornsund region. - 15.1. Associations between climatic parameters. - 15.2. A model to forecast climatic changes in the Hornsund region. - 16. Changes of climate in the Hornsund station region during the meteorological observation, 1979-2009. - 16.1. Changes of atmospheric pressure. - 16.2. Changes of circulation indices. - 16.2.1. The W index of western zonal circulation. - 16.2.2. The S index of southern meridional circulation. - 16.2.3. The C index of cyclonicity. - 16.3. Changes of direction and velocity of the winds. - 16.4. Changes of cloudiness, sunshine duration and horizontal visibility. - 16.5. Changas of air temperature. - 16.6. Changes of precipitation. - 16.6.1. The multiannual variability of precipitation totals. - 16.6.2. Variability of rainfall and snowfall totals. - 16.6.3. Variability of the number of days with precipitation 〉 0.0 mm. - 16.6.4. Variability of number of days with precipitation [greater-than-or-equal sign] 0.1 mm. - 16.6.5. Variability of number of days with rainfall and snowfall. - 16.6.6. General trends of changes in atmospheric precipitation. - 17. Summary. - 18. Results of Observations. - 18. 1. Results of observations of meteorological parameters made at Hornsund during the Founding Expedition (1957-1958). - 18.2. Results of observations of meteorological parameters at Hornsundin 1978-2012. - 19. Snow cover at the Hornsund station. - 20. Ground temperatures at Hornsund. - REFERENCES. - APPENDICES. - 1. Calendar of circulation types for territory of Spitsbergen. - 1.1. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type S. - 1.2. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type W. - 1.3. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type C. - 2. LF1-4 Index. - 13. DG3L index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A4-13-0079
    In: Springer Praxis books in geophysical sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Preface to the first edition. - Preface to the second editon. - List of figures. - List of tables. - List of symbols. - List of abbreviations. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Drift ice material. - 2.1 Sea ice cover. - 2.2 Ice floes to drift ice particles. - 2.3 Sea ice growth and melting. - 2.4 Ice thickness distribution. - 2.5 Sea ice ridges. - 2.6 Drift ice state. - 3 Ice kinematics. - 3.1 Description of ice velocity field. - 3.2 Observations. - 3.3 Stochastic modelling. - 3.4 Conservation of ice. - 4 Sea ice rheology. - 4.1 General. - 4.2 Viscous laws. - 4.3 Plastic laws. - 4.4 Granular floe collision models. - 4.5 Scaling of ice strength. - 5 Equation of drift ice motion. - 5.1 Derivation of the equation of motion. - 5.2 Atmospheric and oceanic boundary layers. - 5.3 Sea ice-ocean interaction. - 5.4 Scale analysis. - 5.5 Dynamics of a single ice floe. - 6 Free drift. - 6.1 Steady state solution. - 6.2 Non-steady case. - 6.3 Linear coupled ice-ocean model. - 6.4 Frequency spectrum of free drift. - 6.5 Spatial aspects of free drift. - 7 Drift in the presence of internal friction. - 7.1 The role of internal friction. - 7.2 Channel flow of sea ice. - 7.3 Ice drift along coastal boundary. - 7.4 Zonal sea ice drift. - 7.5 Modelling of ice tank experiments. - 7.6 Timespace scaling of ice drift. - 8 Numerical modelling. - 8.1 Numerical solutions. - 8.2 Examples of sea ice dynamics models. - 8.3 Short-term modelling applications. - 8.4 Oil spills in ice conditions. - 8.5 Climate models. - 9 Use and need of knowledge on ice drift. - 9.1 Science. - 9.2 Practice. - 9.3 Final comments. - 10 Study problems. - 10.1 Problems. - 10.2 Instructions and solutions. - 11 References. - Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: This new edition of The drift of sea ice brings the theory, observations and practical applications of research into sea ice drift completely up to date, taking in to account and discussing the many new scientific results which have been published, in particular connected with thermodynamics, ice-ocean interaction, scaling, and numerical model applications in short-term and climate forecasting. This revised and expanded text presents the geophysical theory, observations from field programs, mathematical modelling techniques, and applications of sea ice drift science. It shows how the fundamental laws of sea ice drift come from the material properties of sea ice and the basic laws of mechanics. The book provides detailed analytical modelling and mathematical models and presents the construction of numerical ice drift models. The drift of sea ice gives a collection of worked examples on sea ice dynamics; details the derivation of the fundamental laws of sea ice dynamics in an understandable form; teaches methods for local and regional ice forecasting for ice engineering applications; analyses the system of equations for the general properties of sea ice drift and the derivation of the free drift model and analytical models for ice drift in the presence of internal friction; makes an excellant source book for climate research concerning the role of sea ice dynamics in the global climate.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXX, 347 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2. Aufl., Softcover reprint of hardcover 2011
    ISBN: 9783642267574
    Series Statement: Springer Praxis books in geophysical sciences
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Zürich] : IAHS (ICSI)
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G7-14-0007
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 106 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: AWI A10-18-91567
    In: AIP conference proceedings, Vol. 1531
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXV, 970 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9780735411555 , 9781629936963 (Print on Demand)
    Series Statement: AIP conference proceedings 1531
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Preface: Radiation Processes in the Atmosphere and Ocean / Robert F. Cahalan. - Acknowledgments. - PLENARY SESSION. - UNION-HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES AND CURRENT TOPICS IN RADIATION PROCESSES IN THE ATMOSPHERE AND OCEAN / Conveners: R. F. Cahalan, W. Schmutz, B. J. Sohn, and J. Fischer. - 125 years of radiative transfer: Enduring triumphs and persisting misconceptions / Michael I. Mishchenko. - Active remote sensing of cloud microphysics / Hajime Okamoto. - MIPAS: 10 years of spectroscopic measurements for investigating atmospheric composition / Herbert Fischer. - Status of high spectral resolution IR for advancing atmospheric state characterization and climate trend benchmarking: A period of both opportunity realized and squandered / Henry Revercomb, Fred Best, Robert Knuteson, David Tobin, Joe Taylor, and Jon Gero. - Growing up MODIS: Towards a mature aerosol climate data record / Robert C. Levy. - Radiative transfer and regional climate change / Kuo-Nan Liou. - Ocean optics: The next frontier / George W. Kattawar. - PARALLEL SESSIONS. - RADIATIVE TRANSFER THEORY AND MODELING / Conveners: B. Mayer, A. Marshak, and J.-L. Widlowski. - Oral Presentations. - New approach for radiative transfer in sea ice and its application for sea ice satellite remote sensing / E. P. Zege, A. V. Malinka, I. L. Katsev, A. S. Prikhach, and G. Heygster. - The line-by-line and polarized Monte Carlo atmospheric radiative transfer model / B. A. Fomin and V. A. Falaleeva. - Hyperspectral retrieval of surface reflectances: A new scheme / Jean-Claude Thelen and Stephan Havemann. - Accelerations of the discrete ordinate method for nadir viewing geometries / Dmitry Efremenko, Adrian Doicu, Diego Loyola, and Thomas Trautmann. - The simulation of radar and coherent backscattering with the Monte Carlo model MYSTIC / Christian Pause, Robert Buras, Claudia Emde, and Bernhard Mayer. - The visibility of airborne volcanic ash from the flight deck of an aircraft - The effect of clouds in the field of view / Daniel Sauer, Josef Gasteiger, Claudia Emde, Robert Buras, Bernhard Mayer, and Bernadett Weinzierl. - Results of processing airborne NASA and Russian cloud data / Irina Melnikova, Jefwa M. Genya, and Charles K. Gatebe. - 3D radiative processes in satellite measurements of aerosol properties / Tamás Várnai, Alexander Marshak, Weidong Yang, and Guoyong Wen. - Assessment of cloud heterogeneities effects on brightness temperatures simulated with a 3D Monte Carlo code in the thermal infrared / Thomas Fauchez, Céline Cornet, Frédéric Szczap, and Philippe Dubuisson. - Parametric 3D atmospheric reconstruction in highly variable terrain with recycled Monte Carlo paths and an adapted Bayesian inference engine / Ian Langmore, Anthony B. Davis, Guillaume Bal, and Youssef M. Marzouk. - Remote sensing of particle size profiles from cloud sides: Observables and retrievals in a 3D environment / Florian Ewald, Tobias Zinner, and Bernhard Mayer. - Poster Presentations. - Characterization of cloud microphysical parameters using airborne measurements by the research scanning polarimeter / Mikhail D. Alexandrov, Brian Cairns, Michael I. Mishchenko, Andrew S. Ackerman, and Claudia Emde. - Solution of the radiative transfer equation by eliminating the anisotropic part within the method of synthetic iteration / Vladimir P. Budak and Oleg V. Shagalov. - The phase matrix truncation impact on polarized radiance / M. Compiègne, L. C-Labonnote, and P. Dubuisson. - Evaluation of cloud heterogeneity effects on total and polarized visible radiances as measured by POLDER/PARASOL and consequences for retrieved cloud properties / C. Cornet, F. Szczap, L. C.-Labonnote, T. Fauchez, F. Parol, F. Thieuleux, J. Riedi, P. Dubuisson, and N. Ferlay. - Retrieval of volcanic ash and ice cloud physical properties together with gas concentration from IASI measurements using the AVL model / S. Kochenova, M. De Mazière, N. Kumps, S. Vandenbussche, and T. Kerzenmacher. - Use of shadowband correction models for predicting direct solar irradiance / M. C. Kotti, A. A. Argiriou, and A. Kazantzidis. - Simulation of airborne radar observations of precipitating systems at various frequency bands / Valentin Louf, Olivier Pujol, and Jérôme Riedi. - Fast radiative transfer model to simulate spectroscopic measurements of outgoing IR radiances in cloudy conditions / Alexey Rublev and Anatoly Trotsenko. - Intercomparison of three microwave/infrared high resolution line-by-line radiative transfer codes / F. Schreier, S. Gimeno Garcia, M. Milz, A. Kottayil, M. Höpfner, T. von Clarmann, and G. Stiller. - Py4CAtS – Python tools for line-by-line modelling of infrared atmospheric radiative transfer / Franz Schreier and Sebastián Gimeno García. - Theory of weak spectral line formation within a plane-parallel atmosphere bounded from below by a reflecting underlying surface / Oleg I. Smokty. - Analytical spatial-angular structure of polarized radiation fields in a uniform atmospheric slab / Oleg I. Smokty. - The mirror symmetry principle for radiation fields in a vertically non-uniform atmospheric slab / Oleg I. Smokty. - A 3D polarized Monte Carlo LIDAR system simulator for studying effects of cirrus inhomogeneities on CALIOP/CALIPSO measurements / F. Szczap, C. Cornet, A. Alqassem, Y. Gour, L. C.-Labonnote, and O. Jourdan. - The significance analysis of FY-2E split window data for "clear region" AMVs derivation / Zhenhui Wang, Yizhe Zhan, Zhiguo Zhang, and Lu Yang. - PARTICLE RADIATIVE PROPERTIES / Conveners: T. Aoki, P. Di Girolamo, and H. Ishimoto. - Oral Presentations. - Retrieval of aerosol microstructure and radiative properties for moderate turbidity under conditions of Western Siberia / Tatiana B. Zhuravleva, Tatiana V. Bedareva, and Mikhail A. Sviridenkov. - Vertical resolved aerosol characterization during the GAMARF campaign: Aerosol size distribution and radiative properties / José Luis Gómez-Amo, Daniela Meloni, Alcide di Sarra, Tatiana DiIorio, Wolfgang Junkermann, Víctor Estellés, Giandomenico Pace, and Jeroni Lorente. - A novel, broadband spectroscopic method to measure the extinction coefficient of aerosols in the near-ultraviolet / Eoin M. Wilson, Jun Chen, Ravi M. Varma, John C. Wenger, and Dean S. Venables. - Aerosol characteristics at the Alpine site of Innsbruck, Austria / Sigrid Wuttke, Axel Kreuter, and Mario Blumthaler. - Comparison of modeled optical properties of Saharan mineral dust aerosols with SAMUM lidar and photometer observations / Josef Gasteiger and Matthias Wiegner. - A self-consistent high- and low-frequency scattering model for cirrus / Anthony J. Baran, Richard Cotton, Stephan Havemann, Laurent C.-Labonnote, and Franco Marenco. - Does scattered radiation undergo bluing within clouds? / I. Melnikova, T. Simakina, A. Vasilyev, C. Gatebe, and C. Varotsos. - Poster Presentations. - Numerical simulation of spectral albedos of glacier surfaces covered with glacial microbes in Northwestern Greenland / Teruo Aoki, Katsuyuki Kuchiki, Masashi Niwano, Sumito Matoba, Jun Uetake, Kazuhiko Masuda, and Hiroshi Ishimoto. - Development of a quality control algorithm for analysis of SKYNET data and an estimation of the single scattering albedo / Makiko Hashimoto and Teruyuki Nakajima. - Optical modeling of irregularly shaped ice particles in convective cirrus / Hiroshi Ishimoto, Kazuhiko Masuda, Yuzo Mano, Narihiro Orikasa, and Akihiro Uchiyama. - Optimizing the ice crystal scattering database for the GCOM-C/SGLI satellite mission / Husi Letu, Takashi Y. Nakajima, Takashi N. Matsui, and Yoshiaki Matsumae. - Synergetic retrieval of atmospheric aerosol from a combination of lidar and radiometer ground-based observations / Anton Lopatin, Oleg Dubovik, Anatoli Chaikovsky, Philippe Goloub, Didier Tanre, Pavel Litvinov, and Tatiana Lapyonok. - Satellite study over Europe to estimate the single scattering albedo and the aerosol opt
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94801
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 95 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-89658-049-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents INTRODUCTION / P.V.Krasilnikov PART I GENERAL CHARACTERIZATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Geological settings / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin Climate and soil temperature dynamics / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin, A.R.Desyatkin Geocryological conditions / D.E.Konyushkov, A.N.Fedorov Vegetation / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin SOILS AND SOIL COVER PATTERNS – GENERAL SCOPE / D.E.Konyushkov, R.V.Desyatkin, S.F.Khokhlov ALAS PHENOMEN: SPECIFIC FEATURES, GENESIS AND DYNAMICS / R.V.Desyatkin, A.R.Desyatkin AGRICULTURE AND OTHER ANTHROPOGENIC ACTIVITY IN CENTRAL YAKUTIA / R.V.Desyatkin, M.V.Okoneshnikova PART II SOILS OF CENTRAL SAKHA (YAKUTIA) / S.V.Goryachkin, R.V.Desyatkin, E.M.Lapteva, M.N.Lebedeva, N.S.Mergelov, P.V.Krasilnikov, V.A.Shishkov, I.V.Turova E.P.Zazovskaya METHODS OF STUDY DAY 1 Vilyui road. Cambic Turbic Cryosol. Profile 11 Vilyui road. Turbic Cryosol Reductaquic. Profile 12 Sand hills near Tabaga. Haplic Stagnosol Arenic Turbic. Profile 15 DAY 2 Abalakh alas vicinities. Haplic Cryosol Albic Luvic Sodic. Profile 14 Abalakh alas. Salic Fluvisol. Profile 13-1 Abalakh alas. Stagnic Solonetz Turbic. Profile 13-2 DAY 3 Desyatkin Alas. Cryic Limnic Histosol. Profile 9-1 Desyatkin Alas. Thapto-Histic Limnic Fluvisol. Profile 9-2 Desyatkin Alas. Endogleyic Stagnosols Albic Arenic Turbic. Profile 9-3 Observation point. Khonorosh alas. Bulgunyakh (pingo) 4 DAY 4 Tabaga post-agrogenic soil. Stagnic Cambisol Calcaric. Profile 2-1 Tabaga post-agrogenic soil. Luvic Phaeozem Albic Turbic. Profile 2-2 Tabaga post-agrogenic soil. Calcic Mollic Solonetz Albic. Profile 2-3 Observation point. Badland on icy permafrost Lena terrace. Stagnic Chernozem Molliglossic Turbic. Profile 5 Lena terrace. Mollic Endogleyic Solonetz Turbic. Profile 6 Lena terrace. Hyposalic Solonetz. Profile 7 SOME GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOILS Cryogenic microfeatures Soluble salts in investigated soils DAY 5. Lena pillars CONCLUSION / (S.V.Goryachkin) ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS REFERENCES
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI G2-17-91083
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxi, 174 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-0-9884626-1-8
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Acronyms & Abbreviations. - Foreword. - Technical review by Dr. W. J. Langston. - Executive Summary. - 1. Introduction. - 1.2 Legislative background. - 1.2.1 International. - 1.2.2 Europe. - 1.2.3 Canada and the USA. - 1.3 Marine sediment contamination - background. - 1.4 Dredging processes. - 1.4.1 Environmental impacts of dredging. - 1.4.2 Effectiveness of dredging to improve environmental exposure to contaminants. - 1.4.3 Case studies. - 1.5 Environmental management of marine sediments. - 1.5.1 Environmental management systems. - 1.5.2 ISO 14001. - 1.5.3 Management techniques. - 1.6 Models and indices used in marine sediment analyses. - 1.7 Methodologies for spatial analysis in sediment dynamics and pollution dispersal. - 1.7.1 Uses of GIS in marine environment. - 1.7.2 Examples of GIS analysis methods for pollution management in the marine environment. - 1.7.3 Organising data. - 1.8 data needs and availability. - 1.8.1 Data needs. - 1.8.2 Data availability. - 1.9 Contaminated area database. - 2. Ecological implications of contaminated sediments. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Antifoul paints as pollutant sources and reservoirs. - 2.2.1 Background. - 2.3 Antifoul as a contaminant - sources. - 2.3.1 Background. - 2.3.2 Leaching. - 2.3.3 Shipyards. - 2.3.4 Recreational craft. - 2.3.5 Paint residue - macro scale. - 2.3.6 Paint residue - micro scale. - 2.3.7 Sediment disturbance. - 2.4 Antifoul as a contaminant - sinks, secondary sources and pathways. - 2.4.1 Background. - 2.4.2 Sediment sinks - legacy. - 2.4.3 Sediment sinks - residence. - 2.5 Biogeochemical pathways. - 2.6 Antifoul and ecological implications. - 2.7 Ecological effects of sediment antifoul. - 2.7.1 Species to community. - 2.7.2 Legacy, ecology and management. - 2.7.3 Port and harbour examples. - 2.8 Conclusions. - 3. Pilot area introduction and description. - 3.1 Elefsina Bay (Elefsis). - 3.2 Piraeus. - 3.2.1 Piraeus and areas to the west. - 3.2.2 Zea & Microlimano. - 3.3 Lavrio. - 3.4 Rafina. - 3.5 Summary. - 4. Sediment data collection methods & sampling. - 4.1 Sampling design. - 4.2 Sediment sampling procedure. - 4.3 Sediment sample pre-treatment. - 4.4 Chemical analysis. - 4.4.1 Total metal content. - 4.4.2 Metal partitioning in geochemical fractions. - 4.5 Data use. - 5. Database Design & Compilation. - 5.1 Data collection. - 5.2 Database structuring & display. - 5.3 Exploring the database. - 5.4 Summary. - 6. Spatial statistical analyses. - 6.1 Environmental quality guidelines for sediments. - 6.2 Interpolation of data. - 6.3 Cluster & Correlation analysis. - 6.4 Elefsina Bay (Elefsis). - 6.4.1 Geostatistical analysis - kriging. - 6.4.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.5 Piraeus port and marinas. - 6.5.1 Geostatistical analysis - kriging. - 6.5.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.6 Lavrio. - 6.6.1 Geostatistical analysis. - 6.6.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.7 Rafina. - 6.7.1 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.8 Conclusions. - 7. Discussion and Overview. - 7.1 Overview of study. - 7.2 Contaminated sediments and their environmental impact. - 7.3 Data availability. - 7.3.1 Summary data at global scale. - 7.3.2 Detailed locational data for analysis. - 7.4 Database development. - 7.5 Implications. - 7.6 Practical application. - 7.7 Funding opportunities for further study. - 7.8 Conclusions. - References. - Journals, Books & Conference Proceedings. - Web Sites. - Appendix A. - A Models and indices used in marine sediment analyses. - A1 Multivariate statistics. - A1.1 Principal component analysis. - A1.2 Cluster analysis. - A1.3 Partial Least squares analysis. - A1.4 Multivariate statistics. - A2 Indices. - A2.1 AZTI Marine Biotic Index (AMBI). - A2.2 Benthic Quality Index (BQI). - A2.3 The Benthic Response Index. - A2.4 The Relative Benthic Index. - A2.5 The Index of Biotic (Biological) Integrity. - A3 Pollution dispersion modelling. - Appendix B. - B Cross-Validation statistics for simple Kriging analysis. - Appendix C. - C1 Using ArcGIS Explorer. - C2 Installing ArcGIS Explorer. - C3 Using ArcExplorer Desktop. - Appendix D. - About the authors.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: AWI A14-13-0083 ; ad AWI A14-13-0083
    Description / Table of Contents: This handbook provides the first comprehensive review of measurement principles, instruments and processing techniques for airborne observation of the earth's atmosphere and surface. For each field, the major prinicples of measurement are presented and illustrated with commonly-used airborne instruments, to assess the present capabilities in terms of accuracy, to raise awareness of specific issues with the interpretation of measurements from airborne operations, and to review emerging measurement techniques. The authors are internationally-recognized experts in their field, who actively contribute to the design and developement of modern airborne instrumentation and processing techniques. While primarily intended for climate, geophysical and atmospheric researchers, its relevance to the solar system makes this work useful to astronomers studying planetary atmospheres with telescopes and space probes.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXII, 655 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783527409969
    Series Statement: Wiley series in atmospheric physics and remote sensing
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Tribute to Dr. Robert Knollenberg List of Contributors 1 Introduction to Airborne Measurements of the Earth Atmosphere and Surface / Ulrich Schumann, David W. Fahey, Manfred Wendisch, and Jean-Louis Brenguier 2 Measurement of Aircraft State and Thermodynamic and Dynamic Variables / Jens Bange, Marco Esposito, Donald H. Lenschow, Philip R. A. Brown,Volker Dreiling, Andreas Giez, Larry Mahrt, Szymon P. Malinowski, Alfred R. Rodi, Raymond A. Shaw, Holger Siebert, Herman Smit, Martin Zöger 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Historical 2.3 Aircraft State Variables 2.3.1 Barometric Measurement of Aircraft Height 2.3.2 Inertial Attitude, Velocity, and Position 2.3.2.1 System Concepts 2.3.2.2 Attitude Angle Definitions 2.3.2.3 Gyroscopes and Accelerometers 2.3.2.4 Inertial-Barometric Corrections 2.3.3 Satellite Navigation by Global Navigation Satellite Systems 2.3.3.1 GNSS Signals 2.3.3.2 Differential GNSS 2.3.3.3 Position Errors and Accuracy of Satellite Navigation 2.3.4 Integrated IMU/GNSS Systems for Position and Attitude Determination 2.3.5 Summary, Gaps, Emerging Technologies 2.4 Static Air Pressure 2.4.1 Position Error 2.4.1.1 Tower Flyby 2.4.1.2 Trailing Sonde 2.4.2 Summary 2.5 Static Air Temperature 2.5.1 Aeronautic Definitions of Temperatures 2.5.2 Challenges of Airborne Temperature Measurements 2.5.3 Immersion Probe 2.5.4 Reverse-Flow Sensor 2.5.5 Radiative Probe 2.5.6 Ultrasonic Probe 2.5.7 Error Sources 2.5.7.1 Sensor 2.5.7.2 Dynamic Error Sources 2.5.7.3 In-Cloud Measurements 2.5.8 Calibration of Temperature Sensors 2.5.9 Summary, Gaps, Emerging Technologies 2.6 Water Vapor Measurements 2.6.1 Importance of Atmospheric Water Vapor 2.6.2 Humidity Variables 2.6.3 Dew or Frost Point Hygrometer 2.6.4 Lyman-α Absorption Hygrometer 2.6.5 Lyman-α Fluorescence Hygrometer 2.6.6 Infrared Absorption Hygrometer 2.6.7 Tunable Laser Absorption Spectroscopy Hygrometer 2.6.8 Thin Film Capacitance Hygrometer 2.6.9 Total Water Vapor and Isotopic Abundances of 18O and 2H 2.6.10 Factors Influencing In-Flight Performance 2.6.10.1 Sticking of Water Vapor at Surfaces 2.6.10.2 Sampling Systems 2.6.11 Humidity Measurements with Dropsondes 2.6.12 Calibration and In-Flight Validation 2.6.13 Summary and Emerging Technologies 2.7 Three-Dimensional Wind Vector 2.7.1 Airborne Wind Measurement Using Gust Probes 2.7.1.1 True Airspeed (TAS) and Aircraft Attitude 2.7.1.2 Wind Vector Determination 2.7.1.3 Baseline Instrumentation 2.7.1.4 Angles of Attack and Sideslip 2.7.2 Errors and Flow Distortion 2.7.2.1 Parameterization Errors 2.7.2.2 Measurement Errors 2.7.2.3 Timing Errors 2.7.2.4 Errors due to Incorrect Sensor Configuration 2.7.3 In-Flight Calibration 2.8 Small-Scale Turbulence 2.8.1 Hot-Wire/Hot-Film Probes for High-Resolution Flow Measurements 2.8.2 Laser Doppler Anemometers 2.8.3 Ultrasonic Anemometers/Thermometers 2.8.4 Measurements of Atmospheric Temperature Fluctuations with Resistance Wires 2.8.5 Calibration of Fast-Response Sensors 2.8.6 Summary, Gaps, and Emerging Technologies 2.9 Flux Measurements 2.9.1 Basics 2.9.2 Measurement Errors 2.9.3 Flux Sampling Errors 2.9.3.1 Systematic Flux Error 2.9.3.2 Random Flux Error 2.9.4 Area-Averaged Turbulent Flux 2.9.5 Preparation for Airborne Flux Measurement 3 In SituTrace Gas Measurements / Jim McQuaid, Hans Schlager, Maria Dolores Andrés-Hernández,Stephen Ball, Agnès Borbon, Steve S. Brown, Valery Catoire, Piero Di Carlo, Thomas G. Custer, Marc von Hobe, James Hopkins, Klaus Pfeilsticker, Thomas Röckmann, Anke Roiger, Fred Stroh, Jonathan Williams, and Helmut Ziereis 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Historical and Rationale 3.3 Aircraft Inlets for Trace Gases 3.4 Examples of Recent Airborne Missions 3.5 Optical In SituTechniques 3.5.1 UV Photometry 3.5.2 Differential Optical Absorption Spectroscopy 3.5.2.1 Measurement Principle 3.5.2.2 Examples of Measurement 3.5.3 Cavity Ring-Down Spectroscopy 3.5.3.1 Measurement Principle 3.5.3.2 Aircraft Implementation 3.5.3.3 Calibration and Uncertainty 3.5.3.4 Broadband Cavity Spectroscopic Methods 3.5.4 Gas Filter Correlation Spectroscopy 3.5.5 Tunable Laser Absorption Spectroscopy 3.5.5.1 Tunable Diode Versus QCLs 3.5.5.2 Further Progress 3.5.6 Fluorescence Techniques 3.5.6.1 Resonance Fluorescence 3.5.6.2 LIF Techniques 3.5.6.3 Chemical Conversion Resonance Fluorescence Technique 3.6 Chemical Ionization Mass Spectrometry 3.6.1 Negative-Ion CIMS 3.6.1.1 Measurement Principle and Aircraft Implementation 3.6.1.2 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.6.1.3 Measurement Example 3.6.2 The Proton Transfer Reaction Mass Spectrometer 3.6.3 Summary and Future Perspectives 3.7 Chemical Conversion Techniques 3.7.1 Peroxy Radical Chemical Amplification 3.7.1.1 Measurement Principles 3.7.1.2 Airborne Measurements 3.7.1.3 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.7.2 Chemiluminescence Techniques 3.7.2.1 Measurement Principle 3.7.2.2 Measurement of Ozone Using Chemiluminescence 3.7.2.3 NOy and NO2 Conversion 3.7.2.4 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.7.2.5 Measurement Examples 3.7.2.6 Summary 3.7.3 Liquid Conversion Techniques 3.7.3.1 Measurement Principles 3.7.3.2 Aircraft Implementation 3.7.3.3 Data Processing 3.7.3.4 Limitations, Uncertainties, and Error Propagation 3.7.3.5 Calibration and Maintenance 3.7.3.6 Measurement Examples 3.7.3.7 Summary and Emerging Technologies 3.8 Whole Air Sampler and Chromatographic Techniques 3.8.1 Rationale 3.8.2 Whole Air Sampling Systems 3.8.2.1 Design of Air Samplers 3.8.2.2 The M55-Geophysica Whole Air Sampler 3.8.3 Water Vapor Sampling for Isotope Analysis 3.8.4 Measurement Examples 3.8.5 Off-Line Analysis of VOCs 3.8.5.1 Air Mass Ageing 3.8.5.2 Using VOC Observations to Probe Radical Chemistry 4 In Situ Measurements of Aerosol Particles / Andreas Petzold, Paola Formenti, Darrel Baumgardner, Ulrich Bundke, Hugh Coe, Joachim Curtius, Paul J. DeMott, Richard C. Flagan, Markus Fiebig, James G. Hudson, Jim McQuaid, Andreas Minikin, Gregory C. Roberts, and Jian Wang 4.1 Introduction 4.1.1 Historical Overview 4.1.2 Typical Mode Structure of Aerosol Particle Size Distribution 4.1.3 Quantitative Description of Aerosol Particles 4.1.4 Chapter Structure 4.2 Aerosol Particle Number Concentration 4.2.1 Condensation Particle Counters 4.2.2 Calibration of Cut-Off and Low-Pressure Detection Efficiency 4.3 Aerosol Particle Size Distribution 4.3.1 Single-Particle Optical Spectrometers 4.3.1.1 Measurement Principles and Implementation 4.3.1.2 Measurement Issues 4.3.2 Aerodynamic Separators 4.3.3 Electrical Mobility Measurements of Particle Size Distributions 4.3.4 Inversion Methods 4.4 Chemical Composition of Aerosol Particles 4.4.1 Direct Offline Methods 4.4.2 Direct Online Methods (Aerosol Mass Spectrometer, Single Particle Mass Spectrometer, and Particle-Into-Liquid Sampler) 4.4.2.1 Bulk Aerosol Collection and Analysis 4.4.2.2 Mass Spectrometric Methods 4.4.2.3 Incandescence Methods 4.4.3 Indirect Methods 4.5 Aerosol Optical Properties 4.5.1 Scattering Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.2 Absorption of Solar Radiation Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.2.1 Filter-Based Methods 4.5.2.2 In Situ Methods 4.5.2.3 Airborne Application 4.5.3 Extinction Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.4 Inversion Methods 4.6 CCN and IN 4.6.1 CCN Measurements Methods 4.6.2 IN Measurement Methods 4.6.3 Calibration 4.6.3.1 CCN Instrument Calibration 4.6.3.2 IN Instrument Calibration 4.7 Challenges and Emerging Techniques 4.7.1 Particle Number 4.7.2 Particle Size 4.7.3 Aerosol Optical Properties 4.7.4 Chemical Composition of Aerosol Particles 4.7.5 CCN Measurements 4.7.6 IN Measurements 5 In Situ Measurements of Cloud and Precipitation Particles / Jean-Louis Brenguier, William Bachalo, Patrick Y. Chuang, Biagio M. Esposito, Jacob Fugal, Timothy Garrett, Jean-Francois Gayet, Hermann Gerber, Andy Heymsfield, Alexander Kokhanovsky, Alexei Korolev, R. Paul Lawson, David C. Rogers, Raymond A. Shaw, Walter Strapp, and Manfred Wendisch 5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 Rationale 5.1.2 Characterization of Cloud Microphysical Properties 5.1.3 Chapter Outline 5.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93530
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic tundra, covering approx. 5.5 % of the Earth’s land surface, is one of the last ecosystems remaining closest to its untouched condition. Remote sensing is able to provide information at regular time intervals and large spatial scales on the structure and function of Arctic ecosystems. But almost all natural surfaces reveal individual anisotropic reflectance behaviors, which can be described by the bidirectional reflectance distribution function (BRDF). This effect can cause significant changes in the measured surface reflectance depending on solar illumination and sensor viewing geometries. The aim of this thesis is the hyperspectral and spectro-directional reflectance characterization of important Arctic tundra vegetation communities at representative Siberian and Alaskan tundra sites as basis for the extraction of vegetation parameters, and the normalization of BRDF effects in off-nadir and multi-temporal remote sensing data. Moreover, in preparation for the upcoming German EnMAP (Environmental Mapping and Analysis Program…
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: circa 330 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Kurzfassung Table of Contents List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations List of Symbols 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Background and Scientific Setting 1.2 Motivation and Research Questions 1.3 Structure of Thesis 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSPECTRAL AND SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REMOTE SENSING 2.1 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.2 Spectro-Directional Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.3 The EnMAP Satellite System 2.4 Spectro-Goniometer Systems for the Ground-Based Measurement of BRDF Effects 3 THE TUNDRA PERMAFROST STUDY LOCATIONS AND THEIR ENVIRONMENT 3.1 The Eurasia Arctic Transect (EAT) 3.1.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.1.2 Vegetation 3.2 The North American Arctic Transect (NAAT) 3.2.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.2.2 Vegetation 4 OBSERVATIONS AND METHODOLOGY 4.1 Observations Used for this Study 4.1.1 The ECI-GOA-Yamal 2011 Expedition 4.1.2 The EyeSight- NAAT-Alaska 2012 Expedition 4.1.3 Data Used for Hyperspectral Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.1.4 Data Used for Spectro-Directional Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.2 Methodology Used for Field Work and Data Analysis 4.2.1 Field Spectroscopy and Hyperspectral Data Analysis 4.2.2 Considerations for the Field Spectro-Goniometer Measurements and the Spectro-Directional Data Analysis 5 DEVELOPMENT AND PRECOMMISSIONING INSPECTION OF THE MANTIS FIELD SPECTRO-GONIOMETER 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Theoretical Background 5.3 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer System 5.3.1 Construction Schedule 5.3.2 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer Platform (ManTIS) 5.3.3 Sensor Configuration of the AWI ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer 5.3.4 Measurement Strategy 5.3.5 Software for Semi-Automatic Control 5.4 Error Assessment 5.4.1 Radiometrical Accuracy 5.4.2 Pointing Accuracy 5.4.3 Ground Instantaneous Field of View and Sensor Self-Shadowing 5.4.4 Temporal Illumination Changes and Environmental Influences 5.5 Data Analysis 5.5.1 Data Processing 5.5.2 Data Visualization 5.6 Performance of ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer in the Field 5.6.1 Test Site and Experiment Setup 5.6.2 Results and Discussion 5.7 Conclusions and Outlook 6 HYPERSPECTRAL REFLECTANCE CHARACTERIZATION OF LOW ARCTIC TUNDRA VEGETATION 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Material & Methods 6.2.1 Study Area 6.2.2 Environmental Gradients/Zones and Vegetation Description 6.2.3 Data Acquisition and Pre-Processing 6.2.4 Data Analysis 6.3 Results 6.3.1 The Zonal Climate Gradient 6.3.2 Acidic Versus Non-Acidic Tundra (Soil pH Zones) 6.3.3 The Toposequence at Happy Valley (Subzone E) 6.3.4 The Soil Moisture Gradient at Franklin Bluffs (Subzone D) 6.4 Discussion 6.4.1 Overview of Field Characterization and Spectral Properties along the Gradients 6.4.2 Performance of Spectral Metrics and Vegetation Indices 6.5 Conclusions 7 RESULTS OF THE SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REFLECTANCE INVESTIGATIONS 7.1 Overview of the Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Low Arctic Tundra Vegetation 7.1.1 Representativeness of the Study Plots Representing Tundra Vegetation 7.1.2 Vaskiny Dachi – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.1.3 Happy Valley – Bioclimate Subzone E 7.1.4 Franklin Bluffs – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.2 Influence of High Sun Zenith Angles on the Reflectance Anisotropy 7.2.1 MAT (Happy Valley) 7.2.2 MNT (Franklin Bluffs) 7.3 Variability in Multi-Angular Remote Sensing Products of Low Arctic Tundra Environments 7.3.1 Spectro-Directional Variability of Different Low Arctic Plant Communities 7.3.2 Spectro-Directional Variability under Varying Sun Zenith Angles 8 DISCUSSION 8.1 The Hyperspectral Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation in Context of the Spectro-Goniometer Measurements 8.2 Applicability of the ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer System 8.3 The Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation 8.4 Variability in Reflectance Anisotropy at High Sun Zenith Angles 8.5 Applicability of Multi- Angular Remote Sensing Products for Arctic Tundra Environments 9 CONCLUSIONS & OUTLOOK Acknowledgments References Appendix Table of Contents of the Appendix References of the Appendix Statutory Declaration / Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93529
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is considered as a focal region in the ongoing climate change debate. The currently observed and predicted climate warming is particularly pronounced in the high northern latitudes. Rising temperatures in the Arctic cause progressive deepening and duration of permafrost thawing during the arctic summer, creating an ‘active layer’ with high bioavailability of nutrients and labile carbon for microbial consumption. The microbial mineralization of permafrost carbon creates large amounts of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide and methane, which can be released to the atmosphere, creating a positive feedback to global warming. However, to date, the microbial communities that drive the overall carbon cycle and specifically methane production in the Arctic are poorly constrained. To assess how these microbial communities will respond to the predicted climate changes, such as an increase in atmospheric and soil temperatures causing increased bioavailability of organic carbon, it is necessary to investigate the current status …
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 146 Blätter , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Table of content Abstract Zusammenfassung 1. Introduction 1.1. Motivation 1.2. Scientific Background 1.2.1. Permafrost in arctic environments 1.2.2. Carbon storage and emission in arctic environments 1.2.3. Methane cycling in arctic environments 1.3. Study Sites 1.3.1. Lena-Delta, Siberia 1.3.2. El’gygytgyn Crater Lake, Chukotka 1.4. Objectives and approach 1.5. Thesis organization 1.6. Summary of the included manuscripts and contribution of the co-authors 1.6.1. Response of methanogenic archaea to Late Pleistocene and Holocene climate changes in the Siberian Arctic 1.6.2. Response of microbial communities to landscape and climatic changes in a terrestrial permafrost sequence of the El’gygytgyn crater, Far East Russian Arctic 1.6.3. Glacial-interglacial microbial community dynamics in Middle Pleistocene sediments in the Lake El’gygytgyn, Far East Russian Arctic 2. Response of methanogenic archaea to Late Pleistocene and Holocene climate changes in the Siberian Arctic 2.1. Abstract 2.2. Introduction 2.3. Materials and Methods 2.3.1. Study site 2.3.2. Permafrost drilling and sample preparation 2.3.3. Sediment properties 2.3.4. Potential methane production rates 2.3.5. Lipid biomarker analysis 2.3.6. Detection of archaeol and isoprenoid GDGTs 2.3.7. Detection of PLFAs and PLELs 2.3.8. DNA extraction and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification 2.3.9. Phylogenetic analysis 2.4. Results and Discussion 2.4.1. Methane profile of the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.2. Signals of living microbial communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.3. Reconstruction of past microbial communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.4. Climate impact on the distribution of microbial communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.4.5. Climatic impact on the composition of methanogenic communities in the Kurungnakh permafrost sequence 2.5. Conclusion 2.6. Acknowledgement 3. Response of microbial communities to landscape and climatic changes in a terrestrial permafrost sequence of the El’gygytgyn crater, Far East Russian Arctic 3.1. Abstract 3.2. Introduction 3.3. Materials and Methods 3.3.1.Study site 3.3.2. Drilling and sample material 3.3.3. Sediment properties 3.3.4. Lipid biomarker analysis 3.3.5. Detection of glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers (GDGTs) and archaeol 3.3.6. Detection of phospholipid fatty acids (PLFA) 3.3.7. Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) extraction and amplification 3.3.8. Quantitative PCR analysis of archaeal and bacterial small sub unit (SSU) rRNA genes 3.3.9. Phylogenetic analysis 3.4. Results 3.4.1. TOC-contents 3.4.2. Distribution of glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers (GDGTs) and archaeol 3.4.3. Distribution of phospholipid fatty acids (PLFA) 3.4.4. Composition of archaeol and isoprenoid GDGTs 3.4.5. Quantification of bacterial and archaeal genes 3.4.6. Analysis of methanogenic community fingerprints 3.5. Discussion 3.5.1. Microbial communities in subaquatic deposits 3.5.2. Microbial communities in subaerial deposits 3.5.3. Microbial succession in the Holocene sequence of Lake El’gygytgyn permafrost 3.6.Conclusion 3.7. Acknowledgements 4. Glacial-interglacial microbial community dynamics in Middle Pleistocene sediments in the Lake El’gygytgyn, Far East Russian Arctic 4.1. Abstract 4.2. Introduction 4.3. Materials and Methods 4.3.1. Study site 4.3.2. Drilling and sample preparation 4.3.3. Sediment properties 4.3.4. Lipid biomarker analyses 4.3.5. Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) extraction and quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) 4.3.6. PCR amplification of methanogenic SSU rRNA genes 4.4. Results 4.4.1. Sedimentary TOC and biogenic silica concentration 4.4.2. Quantification of bacterial and archaeal genes 4.4.3. Quantification and composition of lipid biomarkers 4.4.4. Potential methane production 4.4.5. Methanogenic community composition 4.5. Discussion 4.6. Acknowledgements 5. Synthesis 5.1. The reaction of microbial communities to past climatic change in the Arctic 5.2.The response of microbial communities to carbon composition and availability 5.3. Implications from this study for future research 6. Data collection 6.1. Manuscript I: Response of methanogenic archaea to Late Pleistocene and Holocene climate changes in the Siberian Arctic 6.1.1. Sediment properties 6.1.2. Isoprenoid glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers and archaeol 6.1.3. Branched glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers 6.1.4. Phospholipid ester and ether lipids (summary) 6.2. Manuscript II: Response of microbial communities to landscape and climatic changes in a terrestrial permafrost sequence of the El’gygytgyn crater, Far East Russian Arctic 6.2.1. Sediment properties and gene quantifications 6.2.2. Phospholipid fatty acids composition 6.2.3. Isoprenoid glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers and archaeol 6.2.4. Branched glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers 6.3. Manuscript III: Glacial-interglacial microbial community dynamics in Middle Pleistocene sediments in the Lake El’gygytgyn, Far East Russian Arctic 6.3.1. Sediment properties and gene quantifications 6.3.2. Isoprenoid glycerol dialkyl glycerol tetraethers and archaeol 6.3.3. Branched glycerol dialkylglycerol tetraethers 7. References 8. Final thoughts and acknowledgements 9. Curriculum vitae 10.Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Viévy : Éditions de l'Escargot Savant
    Call number: AWI A4-22-94545
    Description / Table of Contents: Sea ice covers 20 million km² of our planet’s surface. It plays an important role in the Earth’s climate and is home to a variety of fascinating fauna, from the polar bear to the emperor penguin. Sailors and meteorologists use a wide range of terms such as frazil, pancake ice, floe or hummock to describe the different features of sea ice. This book includes an illustrated guide to sea ice so that polar travellers can discover this environment and understand ice charts. The story of sea ice is also a story of human endeavour. For the Inuit, fast ice is an ideal terrain for hunting, fishing and travelling. But for European explorers the drifting ice was an insurmountable barrier for centuries, crushing ships and forcing crews to spend long and difficult winters on the ice. It has also been the scene of incredible adventures involving planes, submarines, icebreakers and sometimes even rafts of drifting ice. But our planet is warming and the oldest polar sea ice is disappearing. The declining sea ice encourages the economic and industrial development of the Arctic, but also disrupts the climate, societies and fauna of the Far North. The author is a meteorologist who has wintered in Antarctica, lived in Greenland and guides several polar expedition cruises each year.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 112 Seiten , Illustrationen , 15 x 21 cm
    ISBN: 978-2-918299-26-4
    Series Statement: Maxi-Guides Collection : Polar Regions
    Language: English
    Note: Contents ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO SEA ICE Presentation Ice development Fast ice Occurrence and concentration of floating ice Forms of floating ice Distribution of ice Openings in the ice Ice surface features Melt stages Break-up Charting sea ice Egg code SEA ICE Extent and area Thickness and salinity Currents Climatic role Life in the ice FAUNA The Arctic Antarctica MAN AND THE SEA ICE The Inuit Explorers from the 15th to the 19th century Shipwrecked on a raft of ice The Fram and the drifting ice stations Polar aircraft Polar submarines Icebreakers Tourism Sports , Übersetzung aus dem Französischen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: AWI G6-23-95368
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 1004 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780891189602 , 978-0-891-18960-2 , 0891189602
    ISSN: 2163-5804 , 1047-4986
    Series Statement: Soil Science Society of America book series 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Preface Contributors Chapter 1 Issues of Sampling Design in Wetlands / Monica Rivas Casado, Ron Corstanje, Pat Bellamy, and Ben Marchant DESIGN-BASED SAMPLING APPROACHES MODEL-BASED SAMPLING APPROACHES Chapter 2 Soil and Sediment Sampling of Inundated Environments / Todd Z. Osborne and R.D. DeLaune SAMPLING IN INUNDATED ENVIRONMENTS: SAMPLING PLAN AND GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS SAMPLING METHODS FOR INUNDATION DEPTHS LESS THAN 1.5 METERS SAMPLING METHODS FOR INUNDATION DEPTHS GREATER THAN 1.5 METERS SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR CONSIDERATIONS Chapter 3 Physicochemical Characterization of Wetland Soils / K.R. Reddy, M.W. Clark, R.D. DeLaune, and M. Kongchum SOIL SAMPLING PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROPERTIES CONCLUSIONS Chapter 4 Soil Pore Water Sampling Methods / M.M. Fisher and K.R. Reddy TECHNIQUES FOR SAMPLING SOIL PORE WATER SAMPLE HANDLING CONSIDERATIONS SAMPLING PORE WATER GASES SUMMARY Chapter 5 Reduction–Oxidation Potential and Oxygen / J. Patrick Megonigal and Martin Rabenhorst REDOX POTENTIAL THEORY OXYGEN MEASUREMENT WITH DIFFUSION CHAMBERS REDOX MEASUREMENT Chapter 6 Determination of Dissolved Oxygen, Hydrogen Sulfide, Iron(II), and Manganese(II) in Wetland Pore Waters / George W. Luther III and Andrew S. Madison EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRODE FABRICATION EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF WORKING ELECTRODE CALIBRATIONS PROCEDURES FOR MICROPROFILING SUMMARY Chapter 7 Soil Redox Potential and pH Controllers / Kewei Yu and Jörg Rinklebe REDOX POTENTIAL AND pH CONTROL MODIFICATIONS AN AUTOMATED BIOGEOCHEMICAL MICROCOSM SYSTEM APPLICATIONS Chapter 8 Morphological Methods to Characterize Hydric Soils / M.J. Vepraskas EQUIPMENT METHODS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DESCRIBING HYDRIC SOILS FIELD TEST TO ASSESS SOIL MATERIAL TYPE IDENTIFYING HYDRIC SOIL FIELD INDICATORS Chapter 9 Emergent Macrophyte Biomass Production / Christopher Craft SAMPLING CONSIDERATIONS INDIRECT METHODS DIRECT METHODS EMERGING METHODS Chapter 10 Photosynthetic Measurements in Wetlands / S.R. Pezeshki OXYGEN EXCHANGE MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUE CARBON ISOTOPE TECHNIQUE MICROMETEOROLOGICAL TECHNIQUE CHLOROPHYLL FLUORESCENCE METHOD PHOTOSYNTHETIC MEASUREMENTS USING CHAMBERS SUMMARY Chapter 11 Gas Transport and Exchange through Wetland Plant Aerenchyma / Brian K. Sorrell and Hans Brix GENERAL PRINCIPLES EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES LABORATORY AND GLASSHOUSE CHAMBERS MODELING APPROACHES Chapter 12 A Primer on Sampling Plant Communities in Wetlands / Curtis J. Richardson and Ryan S. King OVERVIEW OF SAMPLING PLANT POPULATIONS AND COMMUNITIES SAMPLE SIZE PLANT SAMPLING APPROACHES RAPID ASSESSMENT APPROACHES TO ESTIMATE PLANT ABUNDANCE AND COVER PERCENTAGE PLANT SAMPLING METHODS AND CALCULATION PROCEDURES ANALYSIS OF DATA COMPARISON OF PLANT COMMUNITIES SUGGESTIONS FOR DEVELOPING A PLANT SAMPLING PROGRAM APPENDIX Chapter 13 Plant Productivity—Bottomland Hardwood Forests / William H. Conner and Julia A. Cherry ABOVEGROUND PRODUCTIVITY BELOWGROUND PRODUCTIVITY Chapter 14 Current Methods to Evaluate Net Primary Production and Carbon Budgets in Mangrove Forests / Victor H. Rivera-Monroy, Edward Castañeda-Moya, Jordan G. Barr, Vic Engel, Jose D. Fuentes, Tiffany G. Troxler, Robert R. Twilley, Steven Bouillon, Thomas J. Smith III, and Thomas L. O’Halloran CURRENT METHODS TO ESTIMATE NET PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY COMPARING MANGROVE NET PRIMARY PRODUCTION ESTIMATES TO WHOLE-FOREST CARBON FLUX MEASUREMENTS SUMMARY AND FUTURE RESEARCH DIRECTIONS APPENDIX Chapter 15 Characterization of Wetland Soil Organic Matter / Robert L. Cook and Thomas S. Bianchi SAMPLE TREATMENT AND PROCESSING SPECTROSCOPIC CHARACTERIZATION BULK ELEMENTAL AND CHEMICAL BIOMARKER ANALYSES SUMMARY Chapter 16 Dissolved Organic Matter / Robert G. Qualls EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURES CONCLUSIONS Chapter 17 Soil Microbial Biomass and Phospholipid Fatty Acids / Jörg Rinklebe and Uwe Langer THE SUBSTRATE-INDUCED RESPIRATION METHOD PHOSPHOLIPID FATTY ACIDS ESTIMATES OF MICROBIAL BIOMASS SUMMARY Chapter 18 Molecular Genetic Analysis of Wetland Soils / Hee-Sung Bae and Andrew V. Ogram DNA EXTRACTION QUANTITATIVE POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION BASED MOLECULAR CLONING Chapter 19 Enzyme Activities / Hojeong Kang, Seon-Young Kim, and Chris Freeman EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURE CALCULATION SUMMARY Chapter 20 Organic Matter Mineralization and Decomposition / Scott D. Bridgham and Rongzhong Ye LITTER DECOMPOSITION DECOMPOSITION OF STANDARD SUBSTRATES SOIL HETEROTROPHIC RESPIRATION PHOTODEGRADATION Chapter 21 Methanogenesis and Methane Oxidation in Wetland Soils / Kanika S. Inglett, Jeffery P. Chanton, and Patrick W. Inglett EXPERIMENTAL METHANE MEASUREMENTS ISOTOPIC MEASUREMENTS OF METHANE Chapter 22 Greenhouse Gas Emission by Static Chamber and Eddy Flux Methods / Kewei Yu, April Hiscox, and R.D. DeLaune STATIC CHAMBER MEASUREMENT EDDY COVARIANCE MEASUREMENT SUMMARY Chapter 23 Characterization of Organic Nitrogen in Wetlands / C.M. VanZomeren, H. Knicker, W.T. Cooper, and K.R. Reddy CHEMICAL FRACTIONATION OF SOIL ORGANIC NITROGEN CHLOROFORM FUMIGATION METHOD NUCLEAR RESONANCE SPECTROSCOPY MASS SPECTROMETRY OF ORGANIC NITROGEN CONCLUSIONS Chapter 24 Measurements of Nitrogen Mineralization Potential in Wetland Soils / Eric D. Roy and John R. White POTENTIALLY MINERALIZABLE NITROGEN SUBSTRATE-INDUCED NITROGEN MINERALIZATION LIMITATIONS SUMMARY Chapter 25 Wind Tunnel Method for Measurement of Ammonia Volatilization / M.E. Poach, K.S. Ro, and P.G. Hunt EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURE SAMPLE ANALYSIS CALCULATION STATISTICAL ANALYSIS QUALITY ASSURANCE SUMMARY Chapter 26 Ammonium Oxidation in Wetland Soils / K.S. Inglett, A.V. Ogram, and K.R. Reddy AEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (NITRIFICATION) ANAEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (ANAMMOX) METHODS FOR ASSESSING AEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (NITRIFICATION) METHODS FOR ASSESSING ANAEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (ANAMMOX) POTENTIAL MOLECULAR METHODS FOR ASSESSING AMMONIUM OXDIATION IN WETLAND SOILS SUMMARY Chapter 27 Denitrification Measurement Using Membrane Inlet Mass Spectrometry / Patrick W. Inglett, Todd M. Kana, and Soonmo An GENERAL PRINCIPLES EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES ISOTOPE PAIRING BY THE MIMS METHOD SUMMARY Chapter 28 Nitrate Reduction, Denitrification, and Dissimilatory Nitrate Reduction to Ammonium in Wetland Sediments / Amy J. Burgin, Stephen K. Hamilton, Wayne S. Gardner, and Mark J. McCarthy EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS PROCEDURES SAMPLE PREPARATION CALCULATIONS Chapter 29 System-Level Denitrification Measurement Based on Dissolved Gas Equilibration Theory and Membrane Inlet Mass Spectrometry / Andrew Laursen and Patrick W. Inglett GENERAL THEORY EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES CALCULATIONS DISCUSSION AND LIMITATIONS SUMMARY Chapter 30 Biogeochemical Nitrogen Cycling in Wetland Ecosystems: Nitrogen-15 Isotope Techniques / Dries Huygens, Mark Trimmer, Tobias Rütting, Christoph Müller, Catherine M. Heppell, Katrina Lansdown, and Pascal Boeckx EXPERIMENTAL STUDY SETUPS ISOTOPE PAIRING AND REVISED ISOTOPE PAIRING TECHNIQUES ISOTOPE DILUTION AND TRACING TECHNIQUES Chapter 31 Biological Dinitrogen Fixation / Patrick W. Inglett ACETYLENE REDUCTION DINITROGEN-15 INCORPORATION SUMMARY Chapter 32 Methods for Soil Phosphorus Characterization and Analysis of Wetland Soils / Curtis J. Richardson and K.R. Reddy TERMINOLOGY, OPERATIONAL DEFINITIONS, AND COMPARISON OF PHOSPHORUS FORMS SAMPLE PREPARATION AND STORAGE SOIL PHOSPHORUS ANALYSIS PHOSPHORUS AVAILABILITY INDICES ANION EXCHANGE RESIN AND IRON OXIDE PAPER SOIL INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS FORMS GENERAL COMMENTS Chapter 33 Phosphorus Characterization in Wetland Soils by Solution Phosphorus-31 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / Alexander W. Cheesman, James Rocca, and Benjamin L. Turner BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE PRINCIPLES APPLICATION TO WETLAND SOILS Chapter 34 Phosphorus Sorption and Desorption
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI P6-13-0049
    Description / Table of Contents: Antarctica is the coldest and driest continent on earth - a place for adventure and a key area for global science. Research conducted in this extreme environment has received increasing international attention in recent years due to concerns over destruction of the ozone layer above it and the problems of global warming and rising sea levels. Data collected in the Antarctic now informs a wide range of scientific fields. A record of the globe's climate is locked up in its deep snow and ice while, as part of the early supercontinent Gondwana, its rocks have much to teach us about the geological history of the earth. Adiversity of unique plants and animals abound in Antarctic waters and the clear skies overhead allow astronomers to probe the outer reaches of the universe. Governed internationally since 1959, the Antarctic is also an object lesson in collaboration between nations. This dramatically illustrated new book brings together an international group of leading Antarctic scientists to explain why the Antarctic is so central to understanding the history and potential fate of our planet. It introduces the beauty of the world's greatest wilderness, its remarkable attributes, and the global importance of the international science done there. Spanning topics from marine biology to space science, this book is an accessible overview for anyone interested in the Antarctic and its science and governance. It provides a valuable summary for those involved in polar management and development of new research programmes, and is an inspiration for the next generation of Antarctic researchers.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 342 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9781107003927
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of contributors. - Introduction. - 1 Discovering the unknown continent. - 2 A keystone in a changing world. - 3 Ice with everything. - 4 Climate of extremes. - 5 Stormy and icy seas. - 6 Life in a cold environment. - 7 Space science research from Antarctica. - 8 Living and working in the cold. - 9 Scientists together in the cold. - 10 Managing the frozen commons. - 11 Antarctica: a global change perspective. - Appendix A Visiting Antarctica. - Appendix B Further reading. - Acknowledgements. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Stockholm : Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology, Stockholm University
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-13-0052
    In: Dissertations from the Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is subject to growing economic and political interest. Meanwhile, its water and climate systems are in rapid transformation. Relevant and accessible information about water and climate is therefore vital to detect, understand and adapt to the changes. This thesis investigates hydrological monitoring systems, climate model data, and our understanding of hydro-climatic change, for adaptation to water system changes in the Arctic. Results indicate a lack of harmonized water chemistry data, which may impede efforts to understand transport and origin of key waterborne constituents. Further development of monitoring cannot rely only on a reconciliation of observations and projections on where climate change will be the most severe, as they diverge in this regard. Climate model simulations of drainage basin temperature and precipitation have improved between two recent model generations, but large inaccuracies remain for precipitation projections. Late 20th-century discharge changes in major Arctic rivers generally show excess of water relative to precipitation changes. This indicates a possible contribution of stored water from permafrost or groundwater to sea level rise. The river contribution to the increasing Arctic Ocean freshwater inflow matches that of glaciers, which underlines the importance of considering all sources when assessing change. To provide adequate information for research and policy, Arctic hydrological and hydrochemical monitoring needs to be extended, better integrated and made more accessible. This especially applies to hydrochemistry monitoring, where a more complete set of monitored basins is motivated, including a general extension for the large unmonitored areas close to the Arctic Ocean. Improvements in climate model parameterizations are needed, in particular for precipitation projections. Finally, further water-focused data and modeling efforts are required to resolve the source of excess discharge in Arctic rivers.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: Getr. Zählung
    ISBN: 9789174476385
    Series Statement: Dissertations from the Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology 35
    Language: English
    Note: Zugl.: Stockholm, Univ., Diss., 2013
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sankt-Peterburg : Sankt-Peterburgskij Gosudarstvennyj Universitet
    Call number: AWI Bio-13-0030
    Description / Table of Contents: Atlas contains photographic images of 91 plant species and pollen which are found in Lena River Delta as well as information about current conditions of their growth. This is a major advantage of this atlas as compared to other publications of this kind. All information is presented in Russian and English. All materials were collected in framework of the Russian-German expeditions "Lena-2009", "Lena-2010", "Lena-2011" and "Lena-2012". Photographs illustrate the general view of the plant, inflorescence and pollen grains in different positions and from high to low focus. Plants are grouped into families, where each family has its own color. Atlas is addressed not only to specialists in palynology, but to all who are interested in the flora and vegetation of the Arctic region, including students of geographical, biological and environmental fields.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 111 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9785439100361
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - Apiaceae. - Asteraceae. - Betulaceae. - Boraginaceae. - Brassicaceae. - Campanulaceae. - Caryophyllaceae. - Crassulaceae. - Cyperaceae. - Diapensiaceae. - Ericaceae. - Fabaceae. - Gentianaceae. - Hippuriadaceae. - Juncaceae. - Lentibulariaceae. - Liliaceae. - Onagraceae. - Papaveraceae. - Parnassiaceae. - Pinaceae. - Plumbaginaceae. - Poaceae. - Polemoniaceae. - Polygonaceae. - Portulacaceae. - Primulaceae. - Pyrolaceae. - Ranunculaceae. - Rosaceae. - Salicaceae. - Saxifragaceae. - Scrophulariaceae. - Valerianaceae. - Index of plants by family. - Alphabetical index of plants. , In englischer und russischer Sprache. , Teilw. in kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: AWI A4-15-0009
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 174 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9788389743060
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1. Research purpose. - 1.2. Research area and methodology. - 2. Atmospheric circulation and dynamic conditions. - 2.1. Atmospheric circulation. - 2.2. Atmospheric pressure. - 2.3. Wind. - 3. Radiation conditions. - 3.1. Cloud cover. - 3.2. Sunshine duration. - 3.3. Solar radiation. - 4. Thermal conditions. - 4.1. Ground temperature. - 4.2. Air temperature. - 5. Higric conditions. - 5.1. Relative air humidity. - 5.2. Precipitation. - 6. The influence of atmospheric circulation on temperature and humidity conditions. - 6.1. The influence of atmospheric circulation on temperature conditions. - 6.2. The influence of atmospheric circulation on humidity conditions. - 7. Comparison of meteorological conditions in the area of Forlandsundet in the summer seasons of 2010-2011 with meteorological conditions in the years of 1975-2011. - 7.1. Introduction. - 7.2. Kaffiøyra. - 7.3. Waldemar Glacier. - Appendixes.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Call number: AWI G6-15-0043
    Description / Table of Contents: Cosmogenic radionuclides are radioactive isotopes which are produced by natural processes and distributed across the earth. Utilizing a holistic approach to the environment, the authors show how cosmogenic radionuclides can be used to trace and to reconstruct the history of a large variety of processes. They discuss the ways in which cosmogenic radionuclides can assist in the quantification of complex processes in the present-day environment. The book aims to demonstrate to the reader the strength of analytic tools based on cosmogenic radionuclides, their contribution to almost any field of modern natural science, and how these tools may assist in the solution of many present and future problems that we face here on earth. The book provides a comprehensive discussion of the basic principles behind the applications of cosmogenic (and other) radionuclides as environmental tracers and dating tools. Following the introduction, the second part of the book provides basic information on the origin, properties, and time variability of cosmic radiation, and the concepts, terminology and formulate that will be used in the later chapters. The third part discusses in detail the production of radionuclides by cosmic radiation, their transport and distribution in the atmosphere and the hydrosphere, their storage in natural archives, and how they are measured. The fourth part of the book presents a number of examples selected to illustrate typical tracer and dating applications in a number of different contexts (atmosphere, hydrosphere, geosphere, biosphere, solar physics and astronomy). At the same time the authors outline the limitations of the use of cosmogenic radionuclides. Written on a level accessible to graduate students without specialist skills in physics or mathematics, the book addresses a wide audience, ranging from archaeology, biophysics, and geophysics, to atmospheric physics, hydrology, astrophysics and space science.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 426 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783642146503
    Series Statement: Physics of earth and space environments
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Part 1 Introduction. - 1 Motivation. - 2 Goals. - Reference. - 3 Setting the Stage and Outline. - Part 2 Cosmic Radiation. - 4 Introduction to Cosmic Radiation. - 5 The Cosmic Radiation Near Earth. - 5.1 Introduction and History of Cosmic Ray Research. - 5.2 The "Rosetta Stone" of Paleocosmic Ray Studies. - 5.3 Some Important Definitions. - 5.4 The Origin and Properties of the Galactic Cosmic Radiation. - 5.5 Our Variable Sun. - 5.6 The Heliosphere, the Termination Shock, and the Current Sheet. - 5.7 Modulation of the Cosmic Radiation in the Heliosphere. - 5.7.1 The Cosmic Ray Propagation Equation. - 5.7.2 The Local Interstellar Spectrum. - 5.7.3 The Cosmic Ray Modulation Function and Potential. - 5.7.4 Practical Applications of the Modulation Function. - 5.7.5 Drift Effects (qA Positive and qA Negative Effects). - 5.7.6 Shock Wave Effects (The Forbush Decrease and GMIRs). - 5.8 Geomagnetic Field Effects. - 5.8.1 The Properties of the Geomagnetic Field. - 5.8.2 The Geomagnetic Cut-off Rigidity. - 5.8.3 The Earth's Magnetosphere and the Polar Aurora. - References. - 6 Instrumental Measurements of the Cosmic Radiation. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Ionization Chambers and Muon Telescopes. - 6.3 The IGY and IQSY Neutron Monitors, and Spaceship Earth. - 6.4 Satellite Borne Detectors. - 6.5 Latitude Effects and the Yield Functions. - 6.6 Inter-calibration of the Different Cosmic Ray Records. - 6.7 Cosmic Ray Archives. - References. - 7 Time Variations of the Cosmic Radiation. - 7.1 Introduction and Atmospheric Effects. - 7.2 The Eleven-and Twenty-Two-Year Variations. - 7.3 The Long-term Variations. - 7.4 Forbush Decreases, Globally Merged Interaction Regions and Some Smaller Effects. - References. - 8 The Solar Cosmic Radiation. - 8.1 Historical Overview. - 8.2 The Observed Production of Cosmic Rays by the Sun. - 8.2.1Ground Level Events. - 8.2.2 SEP Events Observed by Satellites. - 8.2.3 Paleo-Cosmic Ray Measurements of SEP Events. - 8.3 Overall Characteristics of the Solar Cosmic Radiation. - 8.3.1 The Energy Spectra. - 8.3.2 The Effect of Longitude Relative to the Central Solar Meridian. - 8.3.3 The Frequency of Occurrence, and the Detection of Historic SEP Events. - References. - Part 3 Cosmogenic Radionuclides. - 9 Introduction to Cosmogenic Radionuclides. - 10 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in the Atmosphere. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Interaction of Primary Cosmic Rays with the Atmosphere. - 10.2.1 Production of Secondary Particles. - 10.2.2 Ionization and Excitation Processes. - 10.2.3 Simulated Atmospheric Proton and Neutron Fluxes. - 10.3 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in the Atmosphere. - 10.3.1 Early Production Models. - 10.3.2 Production Cross-Sections. - 10.3.3 Production Rates and Inventories. - 10.4 Production Results and Analytical Tools. - References. - 11 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in Other Environmental Systems. - 11.1 Introduction. - 11.2 Terrestrial Solid Matter (Rocks, Ice). - 11.2.1 36Cl Production in Limestone and Dolomite. - 11.2.2 10Be and 14C Production in Ice. - 11.3 Extraterrestrial Solid Matter. - References. - 12 Alternative Production Mechanisms. - 12.1 Introduction. - 12.2 Natural Production Mechanisms. - 12.2.1 Cosmic Ray Induced Reactions. - 12.2.2 Radioactive Decay-Induced Reactions. - 12.3 Anthropogenic Production Mechanisms. - 12.3.1 Nuclear Power Plant and Nuclear Bomb-Induced Reactions. - 12.3.2 Research, Industrial, and Medical Induced Reactions. - References. - 13 Transport and Deposition. - 13.1 Introduction. - 13.2 Basics of the Atmosphere. - 13.3 Removal or Scavenging Processes. - 13.3.1 Wet Deposition. - 13.3.2 Dry Deposition. - 13.3.3 Gravitational Settling. - 13.3.4 The Big Picture. - 13.4 Modelling the Atmospheric Transport. - 13.4.1 Summary. - 13.5 Geochemical Cycles. - 13.5.1 Introduction. - 13.5.2 The Beryllium Cycle. - 13.5.3 Carbon Cycle. - 13.5.4 The Chlorine Cycle. - 13.5.5 The Iodine Cycle. - References. - 14 Archives. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Intrinsic Properties of the Cosmogenic Radionuclide Archives. - 14.3 Time Scales. - 14.4 Examples of Archives. - 14.5 Proxies and Surrogates. - 14.6 Properties of Data in the Cosmogenic Archives. - 14.6.1 Sampling Effects. - 14.6.2 Transfer Functions. - 14.7 Modelled Transfer Functions. - 14.7.1 10Be and 7Be in the Atmosphere. - 14.7.2 10Be and 26Al in Deep-Sea Sediments. - References. - 15 Detection. - 15.1 Introduction. - 15.2 Low-Level Decay Counting. - 15.3 Accelerator Mass Spectrometry. - 15.4 Decay Versus Atom Counting. - 15.5 Other Techniques, Optical Methods. - 15.5.1 Final Remarks. - References. - Part 4 Applications. - 16 Introduction to Applications. - 17 Solar Physics. - 17.1 Introduction. - 17.2 Solar Periodicities and the "Grand Minima" in the Cosmogenic Radionuclide Record. - 17.2.1 Solar Periodicities: Time Domain Studies. - 17.2.2 Solar Periodicities: Frequency Domain Studies. - 17.3 Cosmic Rayand Solar Effects in the Past. - 17.3.1 The Past Millennium. - 17.3.2 The Past 10,000 Years (the "Holocene"). - 17.3.3 The Long Solar Minimum of 2007-2009. - 17.4 The Heliomagnetic Field Throughout the Past 10,000 Years. - 17.5 Solar Irradiance and Terrestrial Climate. - 17.6 Radiation Doses on Earth and in Space in the Future. - 17.7 Quantitative Measures of Solar Activity for the Past. - 17.7.1 Reconstructed Sunspot Numbers. - 17.7.2 Modulation Function. - References. - 18 Galactic Astronomy. - 18.1 Introduction. - 18.2 Galactic Structure. - 18.3 Individual Supernova. - References. - 19 Atmosphere. - 19.1 Introduction. - 19.2 Studies of Atmospheric Mixing. - 19.3 36Cl Bomb Pulse as a Tracer of Atmospheric Transport. - 19.4 Concentrations and Fluxes. - References. - 20 Hydrosphere. - 20.1 Introduction. - 20.2 Tritium. - 20.3 Carbon-14. - 20.4 Krypton-81. - 20.5 Chlorine-36. - 20.6 Beryllium-7 to Beryllium-10 Ratio. - References. - 21 Geosphere. - 21.1 Introduction. - 21.2 Geomagnetic Field Intensity. - 21.3 Transport of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in Geological Systems. - 21.3.1 Introduction. - 21.3.2 Migration in Ice. - 21.3.3 Transport in Soils. - 21.3.4 Transport in Rocks. - 21.3.5 Formation of Loess Plateaus. - 21.3.6 Subduction. - References. - 22 Biosphere. - 22.1 Introduction. - 22.2 Radiocarbon Applications. - 22.3 Chlorine-36 in Ecosystems. - 22.4 Iodine-129. - 22.5 Aluminium-26. - References. - 23 Dating. - 23.1 Introduction. - 23.2 Absolute Dating. - 23.2.1 Principle of Radiocarbon Dating. - 23.2.2 Exposure Dating. - 23.2.3 10Be/36Cl- and 7Be/10Be-Dating. - 23.3 Synchronization of Records. - 23.3.1 10Be or 36Cl with 14C During the Holocene. - 23.3.2 The Use of Time Markers. - References. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: AWI P4-17-91082
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 296 S. , Ill., graph. Darst. , 25 cm
    Edition: 1. ed
    ISBN: 9780988462601
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1. Introduction. - 2. Current Practices. - 3. Drivers of Change. - 4. The Fuel Penalty. - 5. Underwater Hull Related Environmental Concerns. - 6. Regulatory Aspects. - 7. Hull Coating Systems Compared. - 8. A Better, Viable Alternative. - 9. In-water Ship Hull Cleaning. - 10. Propeller Cleaning. - 11. Rudder Protection. - 12. Case Studies. - 13. Conclusion. - Resources. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93592
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxiii, 613 Seiten , Illustrationen , 42 mm x 170 mm
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-3-642-13918-0
    Series Statement: Springer praxis books environmental sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Preface to the First Edition List of figures Abbreviations 1 Historical perspective (Roland A. Madden and Paul R. Julian) 1.1 Introduction 1.2 The intraseasonal, tropospheric oscillation 1.3 The elementary 4-D structure 1.4 Other early studies of the oscillation 1.5 The oscillation in 1979 1.6 Complexity of cloud movement and structure 1.7 Seasonal variations in the oscillation 1.8 The oscillation in the zonal average 1.9 Other effects of the oscillation 1.10 Summary 1.11 References 2 South Asian monsoon (B. N. Goswami) 2.1 Introduction 2.1.1 South Asian summer monsoon and active/break cycles 2.1.2 Amplitude and temporal and spatial scales 2.1.3 Regional propagation characteristics 2.1.4 Relationship between poleward-propagating ISOs and monsoon onset 2.1.5 Relationship with the MJO 2.2 Mechanism for temporal-scale selection and propagation 2.2.1 30 to 60-day mode 2.2.2 10 to 20-day mode 2.3 Air-sea interactions 2.4 Clustering of synoptic events by ISOs 2.5 Monsoon ISOs and predictability of the seasonal mean 2.6 Aerosols and monsoon ISOs 2.7 Predictability and prediction of monsoon ISOs 2.8 Summary and discussion 2.9 Acknowledgments 2.10 Appendix 2.11 References 3 Intraseasonal variability of the atmosphere-ocean-climate system: East Asian monsoon (Huang-Hsiung Hsu) 3.1 Introduction 3.2 General characteristics of EA/WNP monsoon flow 3.3 Periodicity, seasonality, and regionality 3.4 Intraseasonal oscillation propagation tendency 3.5 Relationship with monsoon onsets and breaks 3.6 The 10 to 30-day and 30 to 60-day boreal summer ISO 3.6.1 The 30 to 60-day northward/northwestward-propagating pattern 3.6.2 The 10 to 30-day westward-propagating pattern 3.7 Relationship with tropical cyclone activity 3.8 Upscale effect of TC and synoptic systems 3.9 Final remarks 3.9.1 Close association with the EA/WNP monsoon 3.9.2 The CISO vs. interannual variability 3.9.3 Multiperiodicities and multiscale interaction 3.9.4 Others 3.10 References 4 Pan America (Kingtse C. Mo, Charles Jones, and Julia Nogues Paegle) 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Variations in the IS band 4.3 IS variability in December-March 4.3.1 EOF modes 4.3.2 The Madden Julian Oscillation 4.3.3 The submonthly oscillation 4.4 IS variability in June-September 4.4.1 EOF modes 4.4.2 Madden-Julian Oscillation 4.4.3 Submonthly oscillation 4.5 Intraseasonal modulation of hurricanes 4.6 Summary 4.7 References 5 Australasian monsoon (M. C. Wheeler and J. L. McBride) 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Seasonal cycle of background flow 5.3 Broadband intraseasonal behavior: Bursts and breaks 5.4 Broadband intraseasonal behavior: Spectral analysis 5.5 Meteorology of the bursts and breaks 5.6 Characteristics and influence of the MJO 5.7 1983/1984 and 1987/1988 case studies 5.8 MJO influence on monsoon onset 5.9 Other modes and sources of ISV 5.10 Modulation of tropical cyclones 5.11 Extratropical-tropical interaction 5.12 Prediction 5.13 Conclusions 5.14 References 6 The oceans (William S. Kessler) 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Heat fluxes 6.2.1 Salinity and the barrier layer 6.2.2 A 1-D heat balance? 6.2.3 The role of advection 6.3 Vertical structure under westerly winds 6.4 Remote signatures of wind-forced Kelvin waves 6.5 El Nino and rectification of ISV 6.6 ISV in the Indian Ocean 6.6.1 Differences between the Indian and Pacific Ocean warm pools and their consequences 6.6.2 Oscillations lasting about 60 days in the western equatorial Indian Ocean 6.6.3 Recent models of wind-forced ISV in the Indian Ocean 6.7 Other intrinsic oceanic ISV 6.7.1 Global ISV 6.7.2 Non-TISO-forced ISV in the tropical Indo-Pacific 6.7.3 ISV outside the equatorial Indo-Pacific 6.8 Conclusion 6.9 References 7 Air-sea interaction (Harry Hendori) 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Air-sea fluxes for the eastward MJO 7.3 Air-sea fluxes associated with northward propagation in the Indian summer monsoon 7.4 SST variability 7.5 Mechanisms of SST variability 7.6 SST-atmosphere feedback 7.7 Impact of slow SST variations on MJO activity 7.8 Concluding remarks 7.9 Acknowledgments 7.10 References 8 Mass, momentum, and geodynamics (Benjamin F. Chao and David A. Salstein) 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Angular momentum variations and Earth rotation 8.2.1 Length-of-day variation and axial angular momentum 8.2.2 Polar motion excitation and equatorial angular momentum 8.2.3 Angular momentum and torques 8.3 Time-variable gravity 8.4 Geocenter motion 8.5 Conclusions 8.6 Acknowledgments 8.7 References 9 El Nino Southern Oscillation connection (William K. M. Lau) 9.1 Introduction 9.2 A historical perspective 9.3 Phase 1: The embryonic stage 9.3.1 OLR time-longitude sections 9.3.2 Seasonality 9.3.3 Supercloud clusters 9.3.4 Early modeling framework 9.4 Phase 2: The exploratory stage 9.4.1 MJO and ENSO interactions 9.4.2 WWEs 9.5 Phase 3: ENSO case studies 9.5.1 El Nino of 1997/1998 9.5.2 Stochastic forcings 9.6 Phase-4: Recent development 9.6.1 A new ISO index 9.6.2 Composite events 9.6.3 The ISV-ENSO biennial rhythm 9.7 TISV and predictability 9.8 Acknowledgments 9.9 References 10 Theories (Bin Wang) 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Review of ISO theories 10.2.1 Wave CISK 10.2.2 Wind-evaporation feedback or WISHE 10.2.3 Frictional convergence instability (FCI) 10.2.4 Cloud-radiation feedback 10.2.5 Convection-water vapor feedback and the moisture mode 10.2.6 Multiscale interaction theory 10.2.7 Mechanisms of the boreal summer intraseasonal oscillation 10.2.8 Atmosphere-ocean interaction 10.3 A general theoretical framework 10.3.1 Fundamental physical processes 10.3.2 Governing equations 10.3.3 Boundary layer dynamics near the equator 10.3.4 The 1.5-layer model for the MJO 10.3.5 The 2.5-layer model including the effects of basic flows 10.4 Dynamics of the MJO 10.4.1 Low-frequency equatorial waves and the associated Ekman pumping 10.4.2 Frictional convergence instability (FCI) 10.4.3 FCI mode under nonlinear heating 10.4.4 The role of multiscale interaction (MSI) in MJO dynamics 10.5 Dynamics of boreal summer ISO 10.5.1 Effects of mean flows on the ISO 10.5.2 Mechanism of northward propagation 10.6 Role played by atmospheric-ocean interaction 10.7 Summary and discussion 10.7.1 Understanding gained from the FCI theory 10.7.2 Model limitations 10.7.3 Outstanding issues 10.8 Acknowledgments 10.9 References 11 Modeling intraseasonal variability (K. R. Sperber, J. M. Slingo, and P. M. Inness) 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Modeling the MJO in boreal winter 11.2.1 Interannual and decadal variability of the MJO 11.2.2 Sensitivity to formulation of the atmospheric model 11.2.3 Modeling the MJO as a coupled ocean-atmosphere phenomenon 11.3 Boreal summer intraseasonal variability 11.3.1 GCM simulations 11.3.2 Air-sea interaction and boreal summer intraseasonal variability 11.3.3 Modeling studies of the links between boreal summer intraseasonal and interannual variability 11.4 The impact of vertical resolution in the upper ocean 11.5 Concluding remarks 11.6 Acknowledgments 11.7 References 12 Predictability and forecasting (Duane Waliser) 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Empirical models 12.3 Dynamical forecast models 12.4 Predictability 12.5 Real time forecasts 12.6 Discussion 12.7 Appendix 12.8 Acknowledgments 12.9 References 13 Africa and West Asia (Mathew Barlow) 13.1 Overview 13.2 Summary of Africa research 13.2.1 West Africa 13.2.2 Eastern Africa 13.2.3 Southern Africa 13.3 Summary of West Asia research 13.4 Station data analysis 13.4.1 Methodology and data 13.4.2 Nairobi 13.4.3 Riyadh 13.5 Relevance of Gill-Matsuno dynamics and the role of mean wind 13.6 Summary and discussion 13.7 References 14 Tropical-extratropical interactions (Paul E. Roundy) 14.1 Introduction 14.2 A boreal winter composite of the global flow associated with the MJO 14.3 Response of the global atmosphere to heating in tropical convection 14.4 Influence of extratropical waves on tropical convection 14.5 Two-way interactions between the tropics and extratropics 14.6 MJO inf
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: AWI Bio-19-92456
    In: Nova Hedwigia / Beiheft, 144
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IV, 545 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783443510633
    Series Statement: Nova Hedwigia / Beiheft 141
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Curriculum Vitae List of Publications by Horst Lange-Bertalot Bahls, L.: Seven new species in Navicula sensu stricto from the Northern Great Plains and Northern Rocky Mountains. Blanco, S., B. Van de Vijver, A. Vinocur, G. Mataloni, J. Goma, M. H. Novais & L. Ector: Hippodonta lange-bertalotii Van de Vijver, Mataloni & Vinocur sp. nov. and related small-celled Hippodonta taxa. Burliga, A. L. & J. P. Kociolek : Four new Eunotia Ehrenberg species (Bacillariophyceae) from pristine regions of Carajas National Forest, Amazonia, Brazil. Cantonati, M., M. Leira, N. Angeli & C. Lopez Rodriguez: Naviculadicta langebertcdotii sp. nov. (Bacillariophyta) from streams in Galicia (N-W Spain). Karthick, B., P. B. Hamilton & J. P. Kociolek: Taxonomy and biogeography of some Surirella Turpin (Bacillariophyceae) taxa from Peninsular India. Karthick, B. & Kociolek, J. P.: A new species of Pleurosigma from Western Ghats, South India. Metzeltin, D.: Eunotia langebertalotii, a new species from Lambir Hills National Park in Sarawak, tropical East Malaysia Monnier, O., L. Ector, F. Rimet, M. Ferreol & L. Hoffmann: Adlafia langebertalotii sp. nov. (Bacillariophyceae), a new diatom from the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg morpho­logically similar to A. suchlandtii comb. nov. Morales, E. A., K. M. Manoylov & L. L. Bahls: Fragilariforma horstii sp. nov. (Ba­cillariophyceae) a new araphid species from the northern United States of America Reichardt, E.: Der Artenkomplex um Gomphonema occultum E. Reichardt & Lange-Bertalot (Bacillariophyceae): Variability und drei neue Arten Stachura-Suchoples, K.: On taxonomy of Pliocaenicus costatus species complex, varieties, demes or/and morphological variability? Trobajo, R., D. G. Mann & E. J. Cox: Studies on the type material of Nitzschia abbreviata (Bacillariophyta) Van de Vijver, B., B. Chattova, D. Metzeltin & M. Lebouvier: The genus Pinnularia (Bacillariophyta) on lie Amsterdam (TAAF, Southern Indian Ocean) Van de Vijver, B., A. Jarlman, M. de Haan & L. Ector: New and interesting diatom species (Bacillariophyceae) from Swedish rivers Williams, D. M.: Diatoma moniliforme: Commentary, relationships and an appropriate name Ake-Castillo, J. A., Y. B. Okolodkov, S. Espinosa-Matias, F. del C. Merino-Virgilio, J. A. Herrera-Silveira & L. Ector: Cyclotella marina (Tanimura, Nagumo et Kato) Ake-Castillo, Okolodkov et Ector comb, et stat. nov. (Thalassiosiraceae): a bloom-forming diatom in the southeastern Gulf of Mexico Belando, M. D., A. Marin & M. Aboal: Licmophora species from a Mediterranean hyper-saline coastal lagoon (Mar Menor, Murcia, SE Spain) Reid, G.: Toxonidea langebertalotii sp. nov. A new marine diatom from the Salvages Islands Riaux-Gobin, C., R Compere, A. Y. Al-Handal & F. Straub: SEM survey of some small-sized Planothidium (Bacillariophyta) from coral sands off Mascarenes. (Western Indian Ocean) Khursevich, G. & Kociolek, J. P.: A preliminary, worldwide inventory of the extinct, freshwater fossil diatoms from the orders Thalassiosirales, Stephanodiscales, Paraliales, Aulacoseirales, Melosirales, Coscindiscales, and Biddulphiales 315 Kulikovskiy, M. S., G. K. Khursevich & A. Witkowski: Encyonema horstii sp. nov., a species of unusual valve outline from the Pleistocene deposits of Lake Baikal Witkowski, J., D. M. Harwood & M. Kulikovskiy: Observations on Late Cretaceous ma­rine diatom resting spore genera Pseudoaulacodiscus and Archaegoniothecium gen. nov. Jasprica, N., M. Caric, F Krsinic, T. Kapetanovic, M. Batistic & J. Njire: Planktonic dia­toms and their environment in the lower Neretva River estuary (Eastern Adriatic Sea, NE Mediterranean) Solak, C. N., L. Ector, A. Z. Wojtal, E. Acs & E. A. Morales: A review of investigations on diatoms (Bacillariophyta) in Turkish inland waters Bak, M. & A. Szlauer-Lukaszewska: Bioindicative potential of diatoms and ostracods in the Odra mouth environment quality assessment Starrat, S. W.: Holocene diatom flora and climate history of Medicine Lake, Northern California, USA. Medlin, L., I. Yang & S. Sato: Evolution of the Diatoms. VII. Four gene Phylogeny as­sesses the validity of celected araphid genera Lang, I. & I. Kaczmarska: Morphological and molecular identity of diatom cells retrieved from ship ballast tanks destined for Vancouver, Canada Buczko, K.: The Pantocsek diatom and photomicrograph collectio n from 19th to 21th cen­tury
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: 9783034803960 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 220 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783034803960 (e-book) , 978-3-0348-0396-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 High elevation treelines 1.1 The task 1.2 Previous works 2 Definitions and conventions 2.1 The life form ‘tree’ 2.2 Lines and transitions 2.3 Limitation, stress and disturbance 2.4 Altitude-related and other environmental drivers 2.5 Treeline nomenclature 3 Treeline patterns 3.1 Treeline taxa 3.2 The summit syndrome and other treeline depressions 3.3 Mass elevation effect 3.4 Treeline elevation 3.5 Time matters 3.6 Forest structure near treeline 4 Treeline climate 4.1 Specific aspects of treeline climatology 4.2 Criteria to define temperature regimes at treeline 4.3 Treeline temperatures in different bioclimatic regions 4.3.1 Subarctic and boreal zone (45–68° N) 4.3.2 Cool temperate zone (45–47° N, 44° S) 4.3.3 Warm temperate zone (28–42° N, 36° S) 4.3.4 Subtropical zone (19° S, 19° N) 4.3.5 Equatorial tropics (6° N to 3° S) 4.3.6 Mediterranean ‘treelines’ (38–42° N) 4.3.7 The Nothofagus and Metrosideros case 4.3.8 Treeline temperatures across bioclimatic zones 4.4 Seedbed and branch temperatures 4.5 Whole forest temperatures 5 Global mountain statistics based on treeline elevation 5.1 Mountain geostatistics 5.2 Elevational belts 5.3 Global treeline ecotones 6 Structure and stature of treeline trees 6.1 Foliage properties 6.2 Wood properties 6.3 Bark properties 6.4 Root traits 6.5 Tree stature 6.6 Dry matter allocation in treeline trees 7 Growth and development 7.1 Tree growth near the treeline 7.1.1 In situ growth of seedlings 7.1.2 In situ growth of saplings and adult trees 7.2 Xylogenesis at the treeline 7.2.1 In situ cambial activity 7.2.2 Apical growth dynamics 7.3 Root growth 7.4 Phenology at the treeline 8 Evolutionary adjustments to life at the treeline 8.1 Phylogenetic selection 8.2 Genotypic responses of growth and development 8.3 Genotypic responses of physiological traits 9 Reproduction, early life stages and tree demography 9.1 Amount and quality of seeds at high elevation 9.2 Germination, seedling and sapling stage 9.3 Tree demography at the treeline 10 Freezing and other forms of stress 10.1 Stress at the treeline in a fitness context 10.2 Mechanisms and principles of freezing resistance 10.3 Freezing resistance in treeline trees 10.4 Other forms of stress at the treeline 10.4.1 Freeze-thaw cycles and hydraulic failure 10.4.2 Winter desiccation 11 Water, nutrient and carbon relations 11.1 Tree water relations during the growing season 11.2 Nutrient relations 11.3 Carbon relations 12 Treeline formation - currently, in the past and in the future 12.1 Causes of current treelines 12.2 Treelines in the recent past 12.3 Treelines in the distant past (Holocene) 12.4 Treelines in the future References Subject Index Taxonomic Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Oslo : Arctic Monitoring and Assessment Programme (AMAP)
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92396
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 97 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-82-7971-073-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: What has changed since the Arctic Climate Impact Assessment in 2005? Part 1. How the Arctic cryosphere is changing 1.1. The Arctic cryosphere 1.2. Monitoring change in the Arctic cryosphere 1.3. Snow cover is decreasing 1.4. Permafrost is thawing 1.5. Lakes and rivers are losing ice cover 1.6. Mountain glaciers, ice caps and the Greenland Ice Sheet are all diminishing 1.7. Summer sea-ice cover has declined dramatically Part 2. Why the Arctic cryosphere is changing 2.1. The Arctic climate is changing 2.2. The cryosphere interacts with other aspects of climate Part 3. More change is expected. Where in the Arctic? 3.1. Modelling the future 3.2. Future changes in temperature, rain and snowfall 3.3. Future changes in snow, permafrost, lake and river ice 3.4. Future changes in mountain glaciers, ice caps and the Greenland Ice Sheet 3.5. Future changes in sea ice Part 4. How these changes affect people and nature. Where in the Arctic? 4.1. Changing Arctic ecosystems 4.2. Changing supplies of natural resources 4.3. Changing access 4.4. Changing risks to buildings and land 4.5. Changing movement of contaminants 4.6. Changing Arctic living conditions Part 5. Why changes in the Arctic matter globally 5.1. Changes in the Arctic cryosphere affect the global climate 5.2. Melting Arctic land ice contributes to sea-level rise 5.3. Consequences for global society Part 6. What should be done? 6.1. Adapting to change 6.2. The big unknowns Glossary.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton [u.a.] : Princeton Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI A3-13-0048
    Description / Table of Contents: The atmosphere is critical to climate change. It can amplify shifts in the climate system, and also mitigate them. This primer offers a short, reader-friendly introduction to these atmospheric processes and how they work, written by a leading expert on the subject. Giving readers an overview of key atmospheric processes, David Randall looks at how our climate system receives energy from the sun and sheds it by emitting infrared radiation back into space. The atmosphere regulates these radiative energy flows and transports energy through weather systems such as thunderstorms, monsoons, hurricanes, and winter storms. Randall explains how these processes work, and also how precipitation, cloud formation, and other phase changes of water strongly influence weather and climate. He discusses how atmospheric feedbacks affect climate change, how the the large-scale atmospheric circulation works, how predicting the weather and the climate are fundamentally different challenges, and much more. This is the ideal introduction for students and nonspecialists. No prior experience in atmospheric science is needed, only basic college physics.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 277 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9780691143750
    Series Statement: Princeton primers in climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Basics. - 2 Radiative energy flows. - 3 How turbulence and cumulus clouds carry energy upward. - Appendix to Chapter 3: More about Eddy Fluxes. - 4 How energy travels from the tropics to the poles. - Appendix to chapter 4: Conservation of momentum on a rotating sphere. - 5 Feedbacks. - 6 The water planet. - 7 Predictability of weather and climate. - 8 Air, sea, land. - 9 Frontiers. - Notes. - Glossary. - Suggestions for further reading. - Bibliography. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: AWI G5-12-0041
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, Volume 5
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, Volume 5
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 745 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789400727441 , 978-94-007-2744-1
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: PART I INTRODUCTION, NUMERICAL OVERVIEW, AND DATA-SETS. - 1 The march towards the quantitative analysis of palaeolimnological data. - 2 Overview of numerical metods in Palaeolimnology. - 3 Data-Sets. - PART II NUMERICAL METHODS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF MODERN AND STRATIGRAPHICAL PALAEOLIMNOLOGICAL DATA. - 4 Introduction and overview Part II. - 5 Exploratory data analysis and data display. - Assessment of uncertainities associated with Palaeolimnological laboratory methods and microfossil analysis. - 7 Clustering and partitioning. - 8 From Classical to canonical ordination. - 9 Statistical learning in Palaeolimnology. - PART III NUMERICAL METHODS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF STRATIGRAPHICAL PALAEOLIMNOLOGICAL DATA. - 10 Introduction and overview of Part III. - 11 Analysis of stratigraphical data. - 12 Estimation of age-depth relationships. - 13 Core correlation. - 14 Quantitative environmental reconstructions from biological data. - 15 Analogue methods in Palaeolimnology. - 16 Autocorrelogram and Periodogram analysis of palaeolimnological temporal-series from lakes in Central and Western North America to assess shifts in drought conditions. - PART IV CASE STUDIES AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS IN QUANTITATIVE PALAEOLIMNOLOGY. - 17 Introduction and overview of Part IV. - 18 Limnological responses to environmental changes at Inter-annual to decadal time-scales. - 19 Human impacts: applications of numerical methods to evaluate surface-water acidification and eutrophication. - 20 Tracking Holocene climatic change with aquatic biota from lake sediments: case studies of commonly used numerical techniques. - 21 Conclusions and future challenges. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-13-0054
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost hydrology systematically elucidates the roles of seasonally and perennially frozen ground on the distribution, storage and flow of water. Cold regions of the world are subject to mounting development which significantly affects the physical environment. Climate change, natural or human-induced, reinforces the impacts. Knowledge of surface and ground water processes operating in permafrost terrain is fundamental to planning, management and conservation. This book is an indispensable reference for libraries and researchers, an information source for practitioners, and a valuable text for training the next generations of cold region scientists and engineers.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 563 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9783642234613
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 1.1 The world cold regions. - 1.2 Water in frozen soils. - 1.3 Permafrost. - 1.3.1 Definitions. - 1.3.2. Distribution. - 1.3.3. Factors influencing permafrost occurence. - 1.4 Permafrost and hydrology. - 1.4.1 Permafrost hydrology. - 1.4.2 Hydrologic behavior of seasonal frost and permafrost. - 1.5 Environments of permafrost regions. - 1.5.1 Hydroclimatology. - 1.5.2 Geology. - 1.5.3 Glaciation. - 1.5.4 Physiography. - 1.5.5 Vegetation. - 1.5.6 Peat cover. - 1.6 Presentation of the book. - 2 Moisture and heat. - 2.1 Precipitation. - 2.1.1 General pattern. - 2.1.2 Cyclones. - 2.1.3 Recycling. - 2.1.4 Trace precipitation. - 2.2 Surface energy balance. - 2.3 Evaporation. - 2.3.1 Eddy Fluctuation Method. - 2.3.2 Aerodynamic method. - 2.3.3 Bowen Ratio Method. - 2.3.4 Priestley and Taylor Method. - 2.4 Energy balance of the active layer. - 2.4.1 Energy Balance. - 2.4.2 Thermal conductivity and heat capacity. - 2.5 Ground temperature. - 2.5.1 Penetration of temperature waves. - 2.5.2 Frost table development. - 2.6 Heat and moisture flows in frozen soils. - 2.6.1 Stefan's Algorithm. - 2.6.2 Near-Surface ground temperature. - 2.6.3 Moisture migration and ice lens formation. - 2.7 Ground ice. - 2.7.1 Types of ground ice. - 2.7.2 Excess ice. - 3 Groundwater. - 3.1 Groundwater occurence in permafrost. - 3.1.1 Suprapermafrost groundwater. - 3.1.2 Intrapermafrost groundwater. - 3.1.3 Subpermafrost groundwater. - 3.2 Groundwater recharge and circulation. - 3.2.1 Recharge. - 3.2.2 Groundwater movement. - 3.3 Groundwater discharge. - 3.3.1 Seeps. - 3.3.2 Springs. - 3.3.3 Baseflow. - 3.3.4 Ponds and lakes. - 3.4 Icings. - 3.4.1 Ground and spring icings. - 3.4.2 River icings. - 3.4.3 Icing dimension. - 3.4.4 Icing problems. - 3.5 Domed ice features. - 3.5.1 Frost mounds and icing mounds. - 3.5.2 Pingos. - References. - 4 Snow cover. - 4.1 Snow accumulation. - 4.1.1 Winter precipitation. - 4.1.2 Blowing snow. - 4.1.3 Terrain heterogeneity. - 4.1.4 Vegetation cover. - 4.2 Characteristics of the snow cover. - 4.2.1 Snow temperature and insulation. - 4.2.2 Snow metamorphism. - 4.2.3 Snow stratigraphy. - 4.3 Snowmelt processes. - 4.3.1 Radiation melt. - 4.3.2 Turbulent fluxes melt. - 4.3.3 Other melt terms. - 4.4 Snowmelt in permafrost areas. - 4.4.1 Tundra and Barren areas. - 4.4.2 Dirty snow. - 4.4.3 Shrub fields. - 4.4.4 Forests. - 4.5 Meltwater movement in snow. - 4.5.1 Dry snow. - 4.5.2 Wet snow. - References. - 5 Active layer dynamics. - 5.1 Freeze-back and winter periods. - 5.1.1 Snow cover and ground freezing. - 5.1.2 Moisture flux and ice formation. - 5.1.3 Vapor flux from soil to snow. - 5.2 Snowmelt period. - 5.2.1 Snowmelt and basal ice. - 5.2.2 Infiltration into frozen soil. - 5.2.3 Soil warming. - 5.2.4 Surface saturation, evaporation and runoff. - 5.3 Summer. - 5.3.1 Active layer thaw. - 5.3.2 Summer precipitation. - 5.3.3 Evaporation. - 5.3.4 Rainwater infiltration. - 5.3.5 Soil moisture. - 5.3.6 Groundwater. - References. - 6 Slope processes. - 6.1 Flow paths. - 6.1.1 Flow paths in snow. - 6.1.2 Surface and subsurface flows. - 6.1.3 Flow in bedrock areas. - 6.1.4 Flow in unconsolidated materials. - 6.2 Water sources. - 6.3 Factors influencing slope runoff generation. - 6.3.1 Microclimatic control. - 6.3.2 Topographic influence. - 6.3.3 Importance of the Frost table. - 6.3.4 Roles of organic materials. - 6.3.5 Bedrock control. - 6.4 Basin slopes in permafrost regions. - 6.4.1 High Arctic slopes. - 6.4.2 Low Arctic slopes. - 6.4.3 Subarctic slopes. - 6.4.4 Alpine permafrost zones. - 6.4.5 Precambrian bedrock terrain. - 6.5 Concepts for basin flow generation. - 6.5.1 Variable source area and fill-and-spill concepts. - 6.5.2 Heterogenous slopes. - References. - 7 Cold lakes. - 7.1 Types of lake. - 7.2 Lake ice. - 7.2.1 Lake ice regime. - 7.2.2 Ice formation and growth. - 7.2.3 Ice decay. - 7.3 Lake circulation. - 7.4 Hydrologic inputs. - 7.5 Lake evaporation. - 7.6 Lake outflow. - 7.6.1 Outflow conditions. - 7.6.2 Fill-and-Spill concept and lake outflow. - 7.7 Lake level. - 7.8 Large lakes. - 7.9 Permafrost and lakes. - References. - 8 Northern wetlands. - 8.1 Wetlands in permafrost regions. - 8.2 Factors favoring wetland occurence. - 8.2.1 Climate. - 8.2.2 Topography. - 8.2.3 Stratigraphy. - 8.2.4 Other factors. - 8.3 Hydrogeomorphic features in wetlands. - 8.3.1 Bog-related features. - 8.3.2 Fen-related features. - 8.3.3 Marshes and swamps. - 8.3.4 Shallow water bodies. - 8.4 Hydrologic behavior of wetlands. - 8.4.1 Seasonality of hydrologic activities. - 8.4.2 Wetland storage. - 8.4.3 Flow paths. - 8.4.4 Application of Fill-and-Spill concept. - 8.5 Patchy arctic wetlands. - 8.5.1 Wetlands maintained by snowmelt. - 8.5.2 Groundwater-fed wetlands. - 8.5.3 Valley bottom fens. - 8.5.4 Wetlands due to lateral inundation. - 8.5.5 Tundra ponds. - 8.5.6 Lake-fed and lake-bed wetlands. - 8.6 Extensive wetlands. - 8.6.1 Wet terrain. - 8.6.2 Ice-wedge polygon fields. - 8.6.3 Coastal plains. - 8.6.4 Deltas. - 8.6.5 Subarctic continental wetlands. - 8.7 Wetlands, permafrost and disturbances. - References. - 9 Rivers in cold regions. - 9.1 Drainage patterns. - 9.2 In-valley conditions. - 9.2.1 Geological setting for channels. - 9.2.2 River ice. - 9.2.3 River icing. - 9.2.4 In-channel snow. - 9.2.5 Permafrost. - 9.2.6 Alluvial environment. - 9.3 In-channel hydrology. - 9.3.1 Lateral inflow. - 9.3.2 Channel inflow. - 9.3.3 Vertical water exchanges. - 9.3.4 Storage in channels. - 9.4 Flow connectivity and delivery. - 9.4.1 Flow network integration. - 9.4.2 Decoupling of flow network. - 9.4.3 Flow delivery. - References. - 10 Basin hydrology. - 10.1 Basin outflow generation. - 10.1.1 The roles of snow. - 10.1.2 Meltwater from glaciers. - 10.1.3 Rainfall contribution. - 10.1.4 Groundwater supply. - 10.1.5 Evaporation losses. - 10.1.6 Permafrost effects. - 10.1.7 Consequences of basin storage. - 10.2 Streamflow hydrograph. - 10.3 Streamflow regimes. - 10.3.1 Nival regime. - 10.3.2 Proglacial regime. - 10.3.3 Pluvial regime. - 10.3.4 Spring-fed Regime. - 10.3.5 Prolacustrine regime. - 10.3.6 Wetland regime. - 10.4 Streamflow in large basins. - 10.4.1 Scaling up to large rivers. - 10.4.2 Flow generation in a large basin: the Liard river. - 10.4.3 Regulated discharge of large rivers. - 10.4.4 Flow in a sub-continental scale basin: Mackenzie basin. - 10.5 Basin water balance. - 10.5.1 Considerations in water balance investigation. - 10.5.2 Regional tendencies. - 10.5.3 Examples from permafrost environments. - 10.6 Permafrost basin hydrology: general remarks. - References. - Appendices. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: AWI A3-12-0018
    In: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library, Vol. 43
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is now experiencing some of the most rapid and severe climate change on earth. Over the next 100 years, climate change is expected to accelerate, contributing to major physical, ecological, social, and economic changes, many of which have already begun. Changes in arctic climate will also affect the rest of the world through increased global warming and rising sea levels. The volume addresses the following major topics: research results in observing aspects of the Arctic climate system and its processes across a range of time and space scales; representation of cryospheric, atmospheric, and oceanic processes in models, including simulation of their interaction with coupled models; our understanding of the role of the arctic in the global climate system, its response to large-scale climate variations, and the processes involved.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 464 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789400720268
    Series Statement: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library 43
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 The origins of ACSYS / Victor Savtchenko. - PART I OBSERVATIONS: 2 Advances in Arctic atmospheric research / James E. Overland and Mark C. Serreze. - 3 Sea-ice observation: advances and challenges / Humfrey Melling. - 4 Observations in the ocean / Bert Rudels, Leif Anderson, Patrick Eriksson, Eberhard Fahrbach, Martin Jakobsson, E. Peter Jones, Humfrey Melling, Simon Prinsenberg, Ursula Schauer, and Tom Yao. - 5 Observed hydrological cycle / Hermann Mächel, Bruno Rudolf, Thomas Maurer, Stefan Hagemann, Reinhard Hagenbrock, Lev Kitaev, Eirik J. Førland, Vjacheslav Rasuvaev, and Ole Einar Tveito. - 6 Interaction with the global climate system / T. A. McClimans, G. V. Alekseev, O. M. Johannessen, and M. W. Miles. - PART II MODELLING: 7 Mesoscale modelling of the Arctic atmospheric boundary layer and its interaction with sea ice / Christof Lüpkes, Timo Vihma, Gerit Birnbaum, Silke Dierer, Thomas Garbrecht, Vladimir M. Gryanik, Micha Gryschka, Jörg Hartmann, Günther Heinemann, Lars Kaleschke, Siegfried Raasch, Hannu Savijärvi, K. Heinke Schlünzen, and Ulrike Wacker. - 8 Arctic regional climate models / K. Dethloff, A. Rinke, A. Lynch, W. Dorn, S. Saha, and D. Handorf. - 9 Progress in hydrological modeling over high latitudes: under arctic climate system study (ACSYS) / Dennis P. Lettenmaier and Fengge Su. - 10 Sea-ice-ocean modelling / Rüdiger Gerdes and Peter Lemke. - 11 Global climate models and 20th and 21st century Arctic climate change / Cecilia M. Bitz, Jeff K. Ridley, Marika Holland, and Howard Cattle. - 12 ACSYS: Scientific foundation for the climate and cryosphere (CliC) project / Konrad Steffen, Daqing Yang, Vladimir Ryabinin, and Ghassem Asrar.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A13-12-0036
    Description / Table of Contents: The modeling of the past, present, and future climates is of fundamental importance to the issue of climate change and variability. Climate change and climate modeling provides a solid foundation for science students in all disciplines for our current understanding of global warming and important natural climate variations such as El Niño, and lays out the essentials of how climate models are constructed. As issues of climate change and impacts of climate variability become increasingly important, climate scientists must reach out to science students from a range of disciplines. Climate models represent one of our primary tools for predicting and adapting to climate change. An understanding of their strengths and limitations - and of what aspects of climate science are well understood and where quantitative uncertainities arise - can be communicated very effectively to students from a broad range of the sciences. This book will provide a basis for students to make informed decisions concerning climate change, whether they go on to study atmospheric science at a higher level or not. The book has been developed over a number of years form the course that the author teaches at UCLA. It has been extensively class-tested by hundreds of students, and assumes no previous background in atmospheric science except basic calculus and physics.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 282 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 1. published 2011, reprinted 2012
    ISBN: 9780521602433
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Overview of climate variability and climate science. - 1.1 Climate dynamics, climate change and climate prediction. - 1.2 The chemical and physical climate system. - 1.2.1 Chemical and physical aspects of the climate system. - 1.2.2 El Niño and global warming. - 1.3 Climate models: a brief overview. - 1.4 Global change in recent history. - 1.4.1 Trace gas concentrations. - 1.4.2 A word on the ozone hole. - 1.4.3 Some history of global warming studies. - 1.4.4 Global temperatures. - 1.5 El Niño: an example of natural climate variability. - 1.5.1 Some history of El Niño studies. - 1.5.2 Observations of El Niño: the 1997-98 event. - 1.5.3 The first El Niño forecast with a coupled ocean-atmosphere model. - 1.6 Paleoclimate variability. - Notes. - 2. Basics of global climate. - 2.1 Components and phenomena in the climate system. - 2.1.1 Time and space scales. - 2.1.2 Interactions among scales and the parameterization problem. - 2.2 Basics of radiative forcing. - 2.2.1 Blackbody radiation. - 2.2.2 Solar energy input. - 2.3 Globally averaged energy budget: first glance. - 2.4 Gradients of radiative forcing and energy transports. - 2.5 Atmospheric circulation. - 2.5.1 Vertical structure. - 2.5.2 Latitude structure of the circulation. - 2.5.3 Latitude-Iongitude dependence of atmospheric climate features. - 2.6 Ocean circulation. - 2.6.1 Latitude-longitude dependence of oceanic climate features. - 2.6.2 The ocean vertical structure. - 2.6.3 The ocean thermohaline circulation. - 2.7 Land surface proeesses. - 2.8 The carbon cycle. - Notes. - 3. Physical processes in the climate system. - 3.1 Conservation of momentum. - 3.1.1 Coriolis force. - 3.1.2 Pressure gradient force. - 3.1.3 Velocity equations. - 3.1.4 Application: geostrophic wind. - 3.1.5 Pressure-height relation: hydrostatic balance. - 3.1.6 Application: pressure coordinates. - 3.2 Equation of state. - 3.2.1 Equation of state for the atmosphere: ideal gas law. - 3.2.2 Equation of state for the ocean. - 3.2.3 Application: atmospheric height-pressure-temperature relation. - 3.2.4 Application: thermal circulations. - 3.2.5 Application: sea level rise due to oceanic thermal expansion. - 3.3 Temperature equation. - 3.3.1 Ocean temperature equation. - 3.3.2 Temperature equation for air. - 3.3.3 Application: the dry adiabatic lapse rate near the surface. - 3.3.4 Application: decay of a sea surface temperature anomaly. - 3.3.5 Time derivative following the parcel. - 3.4 Continuity equation. - 3.4.1 Oceanic continuity equation. - 3.4.2 Atmospheric continuity equation. - 3.4.3 Application: coastal upwelling. - 3.4.4 Application: equatorial upwelling. - 3.4.5 Application: conservation of warm water mass in an idealized layer above the thermocline. - 3.5 Conservation of mass applied to moisture. - 3.5.1 Moisture equation for the atmosphere and surface. - 3.5.2 Sources and sinks of moisture, and latent heat. - 3.5.3 Application: surface melting on an ice sheet. - 3.5.4 Salinity equation for the ocean. - 3.6 Moist processes. - 3.6.1 Saturation. - 3.6.2 Saturation in convection; lifting condensation level. - 3.6.3 The moist adiabat and lapse rate in convective regions. - 3.6.4 Moist convection. - 3.7 Wave processes in the atmosphere and ocean. - 3.7.1 Gravity waves. - 3.7.2 Kelvin waves. - 3.7.3 Rossby waves. - 3.8 Overview. - Notes. - 4. El Niño and year-to-year climate prediction. - 4.1 Recap of El Niño basics. - 4.1.1 The Bjerknes hypothesis. - 4.2 Tropical Pacific climatology. - 4.3 ENSO mechanisms I: extreme phases. - 4.4 Pressure gradients in an idealized upper layer. - 4.4.1 Subsurface temperature anomalies in an idealized upper layer. - 4.5 Transition into the 1997-98 El Niño. - 4.5.1 Subsurface temperature measurements. - 4.5.2 Subsurface temperature anomalies during the onset of El Niño. - 4.5.3 Subsurface temperature anomalies during the transition to La Niña. - 4.6 El Niño mechanisms II: dynamics of transition phases. - 4.6.1 Equatorial jets and the Kelvin wave. - 4.6.2 The Kelvin wave speed. - 4.6.3 What sets the width of the Kelvin wave and equatorial jet?. - 4.6.4 Response of the ocean to a wind anomaly. - 4.6.5 The delayed oscillator model and the recharge oscillator model. - 4.6.6 ENSO transition mechanism in brief. - 4.7 El Niño prediction. - 4.7.1 Limits to skill in ENSO forecasts. - 4.8 El Niño remote impacts: teleconnections. - 4.9 Other interannual climate phenomena. - 4.9.1 Hurricane season forecasts. - 4.9.2 Sahel drought. - 4.9.3 North Atlantic oscillation and annular modes. - Notes. - 5. Climate models. - 5.1 Constructing a climate model. - 5.1.1 An atmospheric model. - 5.1.2 Treatment of sub-grid-scale processes. - 5.1.3 Resolution and computational cost. - 5.1.4 An ocean model and ocean-atmosphere coupling. - 5.1.5 Land surface, snow, ice and vegetation. - 5.1.6 Summary of principal climate model equations. - 5.1.7 Climate system modeling. - 5.2 Numerical representation of atmospheric and oceanic equations. - 5.2.1 Finite-difference versus spectral models. - 5.2.2 Time-stepping and numerical stability. - 5.2.3 Staggered grids and other grids. - 5.2.4 Parallel computer architecture. - 5.3 Parameterization of small-scale processes. - 5.3.1 Mixing and surface fluxes. - 5.3.2 Dry convection. - 5.3.3 Moist convection. - 5.3.4 Land surface processes and soil moisture. - 5.3.5 Sea ice and snow. - 5.4 The hierarchy of climate models. - 5.5 Climate simulations and climate drift. - 5.6 Evaluation of climate model simulations for present-day climate. - 5.6.1 Atmospheric model climatology from specified SST. - 5.6.2 Climate model simulation of climatology. - 5.6.3 Simulation of ENSO response. - Notes. - 6. The greenhouse effect and climate feedbacks. - 6.1 The greenhouse effect in Earth's current climate. - 6.1.1 Global energy balance. - 6.1.2 A global-average energy balance model with a one-layer atmosphere. - 6.1.3 Infrared emissions from a layer. - 6.1.4 The greenhouse effect: example with a completely IR-absorbing atmosphere. - 6.1.5 The greenhouse effect in a one-layer atmosphere, global-average model. - 6.1.6 Temperatures from the one-layer energy balance model. - 6.2 Global warming I: example in the global-average energy balance model. - 6.2.1 Increases in the basic greenhouse effect. - 6.2.2 Climate feedback parameter in the one-layer global-average model. - 6.3 Climate feedbacks. - 6.3.1 Climate feedback parameter. - 6.3.2 Contributions of climate feedbacks to global-average temperature response. - 6.3.3 Climate sensitivity. - 6.4 The water vapor feedback. - 6.5 Snow/ice feedback. - 6.6 Cloud feedbacks. - 6.7 Other feedbacks in the physical climate system. - 6.7.1 Stratospheric cooling. - 6.7.2 Lapse rate feedback. - 6.8 Climate response time in transient climate change. - 6.8.1 Transient climate change versus equilibrium response experiments. - 6.8.2 A doubled-CO2 equilibrium response experiment. - 6.8.3 The role of the oceans in slowing warming. - 6.8.4 Climate sensitivity in transient climate change. - Notes. - 7. Climate model scenarios for global warming. - 7.1 Greenhouse gases, aerosols and other climate forcings. - 7.1.1 Scenarios, forcings and feedbacks. - 7.1.2 Forcing by sulfate aerosols. - 7.1.3 Commonly used scenarios. - 7.2 Global-average response to greenhouse warming scenarios. - 7.3 Spatial patterns of warming for time-dependent scenarios. - 7.3.1 Comparing projections of different climate models. - 7.3.2 Multi-model ensemble averages. - 7.3.3 Polar amplification of warming. - 7.3.4 Summary of spatial patterns of the response. - 7.4 Ice, sea level, extreme events. - 7.4.1 Sea ice and snow. - 7.4.2 Land ice. - 7.4.3 Extreme events. - 7.5 Summary: the best-estimate prognosis. - 7.6 Climate change observed to date. - 7.6.1 Temperature trends and natural variability: scale dependence. - 7.6.2 Is the observed trend consistent with natural variability or anthropogenic forcing?. - 7.6.3 Sea ice, land ice, ocean heat storage and sea level rise. - 7.7 Emissions
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: ZSP-168-640
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ii, 192 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 640
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A5-12-0038
    Description / Table of Contents: Murry Salby's new book provides an integrated treatment of the processes controlling the Earth-atmosphere system developed from first principles through a balance of theory and applications. This book builds on Salby's previous book Fundamentals of Atmospheric Physics. The scope has been expanded to include climate, while streamlining the presentation for undergraduates in scinece, mathematics, and engineering. Advanced material, suitable for graduate students and researchers, has been retained but distingushed from the basic development. The book offers a conceptual yet quantitative understanding of the controlling influences integrated through theory and major applications. It leads readers through a methodical development of the diverse physical processes that shape weather, global energetics, and climate. End-of-chapter problems of varying difficulty develop student knowledge and ist quanitative application, supported by answers and detailed solutions online for instructors.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 666 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published 2012, 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9780521767187 , 978-0-521-76718-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Prelude 1 The Earth-atmosphere system 1.1 Introduction 1.1.1 Descriptions of atmospheric behavior 1.1.2 Mechanisms influencing atmospheric behavior 1.2 Composition and structure 1.2.1 Description of air 1.2.2 Stratification of mass 1.2.3 Thermal and dynamical structure 1.2.4 Trace constituents 1.2.5 Cloud 1.3 Radiative equilibrium of the Earth 1.4 The global energy budget 1.4.1 Global-mean energy balance 1.4.2 Horizontal distribution of radiative transfer 1.5 The general circulation 1.6 Historical perspective: Global-mean temperature 1.6.1 The instrumental record 1.6.2 Proxy records Suggested references Problems 2 Thermodynamics of gases 2.1 Thermodynamic concepts 2.1.1 Thermodynamic properties 2.1.2 Expansion work 2.1.3 Heat transfer 2.1.4 State variables and thermodynamic processes 2.2 The First Law 2.2.1 Internal energy 2.2.2 Diabatic changes of state 2.3 Heat capacity 2.4 Adiabatic processes 2.4.1 Potential temperature 2.4.2 Thermodynamic behavior accompanying vertical motion 2.5 Diabatic processes 2.5.1 Polytropic processes Suggested references Problems 3 The Second Law and its implications 3.1 Natural and reversible processes 3.1.1 The Carnot cycle 3.2 Entropy and the Second Law 3.3 Restricted forms of the Second Law 3.4 The fundamental relations 3.4.1 The Maxwell Relations 3.4.2 Noncompensated heat transfer 3.5 Conditions for thermodynamic equilibrium 3.6 Relationship of entropy to potential temperature 3.6.1 Implications for vertical motion Suggested references Problems 4 Heterogeneous systems 4.1 Description of a heterogeneous system 4.2 Chemical equilibrium 4.3 Fundamental relations for a mufti-component system 4.4 Thermodynamic degrees of freedom 4.5 Thermodynamic characteristics of water 4.6 Equilibrium phase transformations 4.6.1 Latent heat 4.6.2 Clausius-Clapeyron Equation Suggested references Problems 5 Transformations of moist air 5.1 Description of moist air 5.1.1 Properties of the gas phase 5.1.2 Saturation properties 5.2 Implications for the distribution of water vapor 5.3 State variables of the two-component system 5.3.1 Unsaturated behavior 5.3.2 Saturated behavior 5.4 Thermodynamic behavior accompanying vertical motion 5.4.1 Condensation and the release of latent heat 5.4.2 The pseudo-adiabatic process 5.4.3 The Saturated Adiabatic Lapse Rate 5.5 The pseudo-adiabatic chart Suggested references Problems 6 Hydrostatic equilibrium 6.1 Effective gravity 6.2 Geopotential coordinates 6.3 Hydrostatic balance 6.3.1 Hypsometric equation 6.3.2 Meteorological Analyses 6.4 Stratification 6.4.1 Idealized stratification 6.5 Lagrangian interpretation of stratification 6.5.1 Adiabatic stratification: A paradigm of the troposphere 6.5.2 Diabatic stratification: A paradigm of the stratosphere Suggested references Problems 7 Static stability 7.1 Reaction to vertical displacement 7.2 Stability categories 7.2.1 Stability in terms of temperature 7.2.2 Stability in terms of potential temperature 7.2.3 Moisture dependence 7.3 Implications for vertical motion 7.4 Finite displacements 7.4.1 Conditional instability 7.4.2 Entrainment 7.4.3 Potential instability 7.4.4 Modification of stability under unsaturated conditions 7.5 Stabilizing and destabilizing influences 7.6 Turbulent dispersion 7.6.1 Convective mixing 7.6.2 Inversions 7.6.3 Life cycle of the nocturnal inversion 7.7 Relationship to observed thermal structure Suggested references Problems 8 Radiative transfer 8.1 Shortwave and longwave radiation 8.1.1 Spectra of observed SW and LW radiation 8.2 Description of radiative transfer 8.2.1 Radiometric quantities 8.2.2 Absorption 8.2.3 Emission 8.2.4 Scattering 8.2.5 The Equation of Radiative Transfer 8.3 Absorption characteristics of gases 8.3.1 Interaction between radiation and molecules 8.3.2 Line broadening 8.4 Radiative transfer in a plane parallel atmosphere 8.4.1 Transmission function 8.4.2 Two-stream approximation 8.5 Thermal equilibrium 8.5.1 Radiative equilibrium in a gray atmosphere 8.5.2 Radiative-convective equilibrium 8.5.3 Radiative heating 8.6 Thermal relaxation 8.7 The greenhouse effect 8.7.1 Feedback in the climate system 8.7.2 Unchecked feedback 8.7.3 Simulation of climate Suggested references Problems 9 Aerosol and cloud 9.1 Morphology of atmospheric aerosol 9.1.1 Continental aerosol 9.1.2 Marine aerosol 9.1.3 Stratospheric aerosol 9.2 Microphysics of cloud 9.2.1 Droplet growth by condensation 9.2.2 Droplet growth by collision 9.2.3 Growth of ice particles 9.3 Macroscopic characteristics of cloud 9.3.1 Formation and classification of cloud 9.3.2 Microphysical properties of cloud 9.3.3 Cloud dissipation 9.3.4 Cumulus detrainment: Influence on the environment 9.4 Radiative transfer in aerosol and cloud 9.4.1 Scattering by molecules and particles 9.4.2 Radiative transfer in a cloudy atmosphere 9.5 Roles of cloud and aerosol in climate 9.5.1 Involvement in the global energy budget 9.5.2 Involvement in chemical processes Suggested references Problems 10 Atmospheric motion 10.1 Description of atmospheric motion 10.2 Kinematics of fluid motion 10.3 The material derivative 10.4 Reynolds'transport theorem 10.5 Conservation of mass 10.6 The momentum budget 10.6.1 Cauchy's Equations of Motion 10.6.2 Momentum equations in a rotating reference frame 1 0.7 The first law of thermodynamics Suggested references Problems 11 Atmospheric equations of motion 11.1 Curvilinear coordinates 11.2 Spherical coordinates 11.2.1 The traditional approximation 11.3 Special forms of motion 11.4 Prevailing balances 11.4.1 Motion-related stratification 11.4.2 Scale analysis 11.5 Thermodynamic coordinates 11.5.1 Isobaric coordinates 11.5.2 Log-pressure coordinates 11.5.3 Isentropic coordinates Suggested references Problems 12 Large-scale motion 12.1 Ceostrophic equilibrium 12.1.1 Motion on an f plane 1 2.2 Vertical shear of the geostrophic wind 12.2.1 Classes of stratification 12.2.2 Thermal wind balance 12.3 Frictional geostrophic motion 1 2.4 Curvilinear motion 12.4.1 Inertial motion 12.4.2 Cyclostrophic motion 12.4.3 Gradient motion 12.5 Weakly divergent motion 12.5.1 Barotropic nondivergent motion 12.5.2 Vorticity budget under baroclinic stratification 12.5.3 Quasi-geostrophic motion Suggested references Problems 13 The planetary boundary layer 13.1 Description of turbulence 13.1.1 Reynolds decomposition 13.1.2 Turbulent diffusion 13.2 Structure of the boundary layer 13.2.1 The Ekman Layer 13.2.2 The surface layer 1 3.3 Influence of stratification 1 3.4 Ekman pumping Suggested references Problems 14 Wave propagation 14.1 Description of wave propagation 14.1.1 Surface water waves 14.1.2 Fourier synthesis 14.1.3 Limiting behavior 14.1.4 Wave dispersion 14.2 Acoustic waves 14.3 Buoyancy waves 14.3.1 Shortwave limit 14.3.2 Propagation of gravity waves in an inhomogeneous medium 14.3.3 The WKB approximation 14.3.4 Method of geometric optics 1 4.4 The Lamb wave 14.5 Rossby waves 14.5.1 Barotropic nondivergent Rossby waves 14.5.2 Rossby wave propagation in three dimensions 14.5.3 Planetary wave propagation in sheared mean flow 14.5.4 Transmission of planetary wave activity 14.6 Wave absorption 14.7 Nonlinear considerations Suggested references Problems 15 The general circulation 15.1 Forms of atmospheric energy 15.1.1 Moist static energy 15.1.2 Total potential energy 15.1.3 Available potential energy 1 5.2 Heat transfer in a zonally symmetric circulation 1 5.3 Heat transfer in a laboratory analogue 1 5.4 Quasi-permanent features 15.4.1 Thermal properties of the Earth's surface 1 5.4.2 Surface pressure and wind systems 1 5.4.3 Tropical circulations 15.5 Fluctuations of the circulation 15.5.1 Interannual changes 15.5.2 Intraseasonal variations Suggested references Problems 16 Dynamic stability 16.1 Inertial instability 16.2 Shear instability 16.2.1 Necessary conditions for instability 16.2.2
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Ruggell : Gantner | Königstein : Koeltz Scientific Books
    Call number: AWI Bio-12-0061
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-905997-12-5
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFACE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION How to collect, process and identify diatoms Phytoplankton Periphyton Permanent preparation Health and Safety Light microscopy (LM) Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) The Pathway to diatom studies CHAPTER 2 BIOLOGY AND APPLICATION OF DIATOMS Introduction Habitat Habit Frustule Structure Cytology Cell Division Movement of Diatoms Life Cycle Resting Stages Ecology and biomonitoring Palaeoecology and climate change Diatomite Diatoms in Forensic Science Harmful Diatoms Classification and Systematics CHAPTER 3 FEATURES AND ILLUSTRATED GLOSSARY FOR DIATOM IDENTIFICATION Glossary of Terms Applicable to Diatoms Botanical Nomenclature A Mind Map Recent Name Changes CHAPTER 4 SHORT DIAGNOSTIC DESCRIPTIONS OF COMMON GENERA CENTRIC PENNATE DIATOMS ARAPHID GROUP MONORAPHID GROUP PRORAPHID GROUP BIRAPHID GROUP NAVICULOID SIGMOID GROUP HETEROPOLAR GROUP CYMBELLOID GROUP DIATOMS WITH RAPHE RAISED ON KEEL BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX OF DIATOM SPECIES ILLUSTRATED IN THIS GUIDE
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: AWI G3-12-0048
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction to the Cryosphere. - Chapter 2: Material Properties of Snow and Ice. - Chapter 3: Snow and Ice Thermodynamics. - Chapter 4: Seasonal Snow and Freshwater Ice. - Chapter 5: Sea Ice. - Chapter 6: Glaciers and Ice Sheets. - Chapter 7: Permafrost. - Chapter 8: Cryosphere-Climate Processes. - Chapter 9: The Cryosphere and Climate Change.
    Description / Table of Contents: The cryosphere encompasses the Earth's snow and ice masses. It is a critical part of our planet's climate system, one that is especially at risk from climate change and global warming. "The Cryosphere" provides an essential introduction to the subject, written by one of the world's leading experts in Earth-system science. In this primer, glaciologist Shawn Marshall introduces readers to the cryosphere and the broader role it plays in our global climate system. After giving a concise overview, he fully explains each component of the cryosphere and how it works - seasonal snow, permafrost, river and lake ice, sea ice, glaciers, ice sheets, and ice shelves. Marshall describes how snow and ice interact with our atmosphere and oceans and how they influence climate, sea level, and ocean circulation. He looks at the cryosphere's role in past ice ages, and considers the changing cryosphere's future impact on our landscape, oceans, and climate. Accessible and authoritative, this primer also features a glossary of key terms, suggestions for further reading, explanations of equations, and a discussion of open research questions in the field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780691145266
    Series Statement: Princeton primers in climate
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Apress
    Call number: AWI S2-12-0083
    Description / Table of Contents: Beginning R: An Introduction to Statistical Programming shows you how to use this open-source language and take advantage of its extensive statistical and graphing capabilities. Indeed, R has become the de facto standard for doing, teaching, and learning computational statistics. With this book, you'll learn the language by using it right from the start - an approach giving valuable, firsthand experience. Author and expert R programmer Larry Pace guides you through a wide range of projects, teaching you best practices and offering clear explanations of the statistics involved and how they are applied. You'll see how to: acquire and install R; import and export data and scripts; generate basic statistics and graphics; write custom functions in the R language; explore different statistical interpretations of your data; implement simulations and other advanced techniques.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiv, 310 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781430245544
    Series Statement: The expert's voice in programming
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: About the author. - About the technical reviewer. - Acknowledgments. - Introduction. - Chapter 1: Getting R and getting started. - Chapter 2: Programming in R. - Chapter 3: Writing reusable functions. - Chapter 4: Summary statistics. - Chapter 5: Creating Tables and graphs. - Chapter 6: Discrete probability distributions. - Chapter 7: Computing normal probabilities. - Chapter 8: Creating confidence intervals. - Chapter 9: Performing t tests. - Chapter 10: One-way analysis of variance. - Chapter 11: Advanced analysis of variance. - Chapter 12: Correlation and regression. - Chapter 13: Multiple regression. - Chapter 14: Logistic regression. - Chapter 15: Chi-square tests. - Chapter 16: Nonparametric tests. - Chapter 17: Using R for simulation. - Chapter 18: The 'new' statistics: resampling and bootstrapping. - Chapter 19: Making an R package. - Chapter 20: The R commander package. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: AWI G5-10-0074 ; M 11.0047
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: High-resolution Paleoclimatology - R. Bradley What is high-resolution paleoclimatology? What are its major achievements? What opportunities and challenges does it now face? What should dendroclimatology's role be in this? Chapter 2: Dendroclimatology in high-resolution Paleoclimatology - M. K. Hughes, H. F. Diaz and Th. W. Swetnam An overview of the development of dendroclimatology and an introduction to the questions posed in this book. Scientific bases of dendroclimatology Chapter 3: How well understood are the processes that create tree-ring records? - G. Vaganov Starting at the most basic level of the environmental control of tree-ring formation, do we have the necessary biological and ecophysiological understanding of this to support inferences about climate variability from tree rings? What are the weak points of this understanding and how might they be strengthened? Chapter 4: The state of the art of quantitative methods in dendroclimatology - E. Cook How sound are the quantitative techniques commonly used in dendroclimatology, in chronology building, identification and reconstruction of climate variables and the checking of these reconstructions? Are they appropriate to the material being analyzed and to the climatological problems being addressed? How might they be improved? Chapter 5: Detecting low-frequency change using tree rings - K. Briffa What limits the ability of tree-ring records to faithfully record climate variability at low frequencies (multi-centennial to millennial)? How might those limitations be overcome, if at all? What are the advantages and limitations of older and more novel approaches? What are the implications of these limitations? Reconstruction of climate patterns and values relative to today's climate Chapter 6: Dendroclimatology at regional and continental scales - R. Villalba What have been the major contributions of dendroclimatology to climatology so far? In what regions and for which climate problems is exciting progress now being made? What next? Chapter 7: Dendroclimatology at hemispheric and global scales - M. K. Hughes and M. Mann What are the achievements of dendroclimatology as applied at hemispheric and global scales climate patterns, circulation indices and large-scale means? What are the limitations of this approach? How might they be overcome? How might dendroclimatology contribute to the study of central pressing problems such as "How big is climate sensitivity? How has the last century, and especially recent decades, compared with earlier centuries? How faithful a representation of variability in recent centuries does the 20th century instrumental record give? Particular attention will be given to: a) identifying the most robust findings; and b) the most serious limitations. Chapter 8: Dendroclimatology, dendrohydrology and water resources management - C. Woodhouse and D. Meko How may dendroclimatology contribute to the study of water resources? How may it be used to inform modern public and decision-maker expectations of climate variability? Chapter 9: Dendroclimatology and the ecosystem impacts of climate - Th. W. SwetnamHow has dendroclimatology contributed to disturbance ecology? What is the significance of the recent changes in tree-growth-climate relationships observed in some regions, not only for dendroclimatology, but also for the understanding of the impacts of climate variability and change on ecosystems? Chapter 10: Dendroclimatology and the understanding of the interactions between climate variability and ancient human societies - D. Stahle and J. DeanHow has dendroclimatology contributed to understanding of the relationships between climate variability and societies in ancient times? Chapter 11: Tree rings and climate- sharpening the focus - M. K. Hughes, H. F. Diaz and Th. W. Swetnam What has been learned, using tree rings, about natural climate variability and its environmental and social impacts? What are the most significant strengths and weaknesses of dendroclimatology and the needs of, and opportunities for, future work.
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents an overview of the current state of dendroclimatology, its contributions over the last 30 years, and its future potential. The material included is useful not only to those who generate tree-ring records of past climate-dendroclimatologists, but also to users of their results - climatologists, hydrologists, ecologists and archeologists.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 365 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9781402040108
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 11
    Classification:
    Historical Geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Part I Introductory Section. - 1 High-Resolution Paleoclimatology / Raymond S. Bradley. - 2 Dendroclimatology in High-Resolution Paleoclimatology / Malcolm K. Hughes. - Part II Scientific Bases of Dendroclimatology. - 3 How Well Understood Are the Processes that Create Dendroclimatic Records? A Mechanistic Model of the Climatic Control on Conifer Tree-Ring Growth Dynamics / Eugene A. Vaganov, Kevin J. Anchukaitis, and Michael N. Evans. - 4 Uncertainty, Emergence, and Statistics in Dendrochronology / Edward R. Cook and Neil Pederson. - 5 A Closer Look at Regional Curve Standardization of Tree-Ring Records: Justification of the Need, a Warning of Some Pitfalls, and Suggested Improvements in Its Application / Keith R. Briffa and Thomas M. Melvin. - 6 Stable Isotopes in Dendroclimatology: Moving Beyond ‘Potential’ / Mary Gagen, Danny McCarroll, Neil J. Loader, and Iain Robertson. - Part III Reconstruction of Climate Patterns and Values Relative to Today’s Climate. - 7 Dendroclimatology from Regional to Continental Scales: Understanding Regional Processes to Reconstruct Large-Scale Climatic Variations Across the Western Americas / Ricardo Villalba, Brian H. Luckman, Jose Boninsegna,Rosanne D. D’Arrigo, Antonio Lara, Jose Villanueva-Diaz, Mariano Masiokas, Jaime Argollo, Claudia Soliz, Carlos LeQuesne, David W. Stahle, Fidel Roig, Juan Carlos Aravena, Malcolm K. Hughes, Gregory Wiles, Gordon Jacoby, Peter Hartsough, Robert J.S. Wilson, Emma Watson, Edward R. Cook, Julian Cerano-Paredes, Matthew Therrell, Malcolm Cleaveland, Mariano S. Morales, Nicholas E. Graham, Jorge Moya, Jeanette Pacajes, Guillermina Massacchesi, Franco Biondi, Rocio Urrutia, and Guillermo Martinez Pastur. - Part IV Applications of Dendroclimatology. - 8 Application of Streamflow Reconstruction to Water Resources Management / David M. Meko and Connie A. Woodhouse. - 9 Climatic Inferences from Dendroecological Reconstructions / Thomas W. Swetnam and Peter M. Brown. - 10 North American Tree Rings, Climatic Extremes, and Social Disasters / David W. Stahle and Jeffrey S. Dean. - Part V Overview. - 11 Tree Rings and Climate: Sharpening the Focus / Malcolm K. Hughes, Henry F. Diaz, and Thomas W. Swetnam. - Index.
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: AWI G3-17-91084-1
    In: Kvarter vo vsem ego mnogoobrazii, Tom 1
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-5-91918-123-1
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Predislovie. - Problems of absolute chronology and correlation of the Pleistocene glaciations in Gorny Altai / A. R. Agatova, R. K. Nepop. - Ecological and geomorphological consequences of mineral deposits development in conditions of the arid zone of Kazakhstan / K. M. Akpambetova. - Forming conditions of bottom sediments of Prokopievskoe Lake (Northern Karelia) according to the diatoms data / A. N. Alekseeva, O. P. Korsakova. - Lithostratigraphy of the quaternary deep sea sediments / T. N. Alekseeva, V. N. Sval'nov. - Climatic records from sediments of Elgygytgyn Lake (Polar Chukotka) / P. M. Anderson, A. V. Lozhkin. - First records of environmental change from lake sediments of the Kuril Archipelago / P. M. Anderson, A. V. Lozhkin, P. S. Minuyk, A. Yu. Pakhomov, T. B. Solomatkina, M. V. Cherepanova. - Late Pliocene / early Pliocene environments of the North-Eastern Siberian Arctic inferred from Lake El'gygytgyn pollen record / A. A. Andreev, M. Melles, V. Wennrich, J. Brigham-Grette. - The middle Neopleistocene of the Timan-Pechora-Vychegda Region / L. N. Andreicheva. - Kargian megainterstadial of the Prebaikalia: geochronology and paleogeography / Kh. A. Arslanov, N. E. Berdnikova, S. B. Chernov, G. A. Vorobioba, I. V. Enuschenko, D. V. Kobylkin, R. E. Maksimov, Yu. V. Ryzhov, A. A. Starikova. - The human and environment of Southeast Baltic on the boundary of the Pleistocene and the Holocene / Kh. A. Arslanov, O. A. Druzhinina, M. A. Kulkova, T. V. Sapelko, D. A. Subetto, I. N. Skhodnov. - Age of soil-pyroclastic sequences and chronology of volcanic activity on Matua Island (Central Kurils) during the Holocene / Kh. A. Arslanov, I. V. Melekestsev, N. G. Razjigaeva, A. V. Degterev, A. V. Rybin. - Summary of the Upper Pleistocene correlations in the Russian North / V. I. Astakhov. - Holocene climatic events in Amur River Basin and their correlation / V. B. Bazarova, L. M. Mokhova, T. A. Grebennikova. - About a western boundary of Dnieper glaciation on the southern east-european platform / M. Bargl. - On the causes of two most significant events of the Holocene / A. A. Barenbaum. - On the issue of the construction of the quaternary stratigraphy scale and frequency of the meteoric impacts / A. A. Barenbaum. - Stratigraphy of the sediments from the Mendeleev Rise, (Central Arctic Ocean), based on benthic foraminifera and ostracoda / V. A. Basov, N. V. Kupriyanova, E. S. Novikhina. - Paleosecular geomagnetic variations and late Weichselian Holocene magnetochronology in N-W Russia / V. G. Bakhmutov. - Biostratigraphy of sediments middle and late Holocene in the basin downstream Ussuri / P. S. Belyanin. - The palynology characteristic of loess loam sediments of Ussuri-Khankarazdolnaya depression in the middle and late Neopleistocene / P. S. Belyanin, N. I. Belyanina. - Glacio-marine deposits on the Northern Prinze Charls Mountains (East Antarctica) / A. S. Birjukov, M. S. Egorov. - Features of environmental and climatic changes in the Northern Caspian Sea Region and Caspian Sea Level fluctuations controlled by climate during the Holocene / N. S. Bolikhovskaya. - "Milankovitch Theory" - What does it mean? / V. A. Bolshakov. - MIS 11 problem and supposed 400-kyr Pleistocene climate cycle / V. A. Bolshakov, I. A. Karevskaya. - Sedimentation in the Kamennoe Lake (Kanin Peninsula) and climate changes during the Holocene according to the lake sediments / D. Yu. Bolshiyanov, P. S. Vakhrameeva, G. B. Fedorov, N. A. Bakunov, T. V. Sapelko, A. V. Ludikova, A. S. Makarov, M. V. Pavlov. - Relief and quaternary deposits of the South-Eastern Part of Taimyr Peninsula / D. Yu. Bolshiyanov, G. B. Fedorov, A. V. Krylov, Kh. A. Arslanov, J. Tide. - Last glaciation of the Russian Arctic / B. A. Borisov, E. A. Minina. - Short-term landscape and climatic oscillations in the late glacial: the main steps, results and future prospects of research / O. K. Borisova. - Late Quaternary Plankton biostratigraphy in the Knipovich Ridge Area (North Atlantic) / M. E. Bylinskaya, L. A. Golovina, E. P. Radionova. - Palaeolimnological investigations in the Laptev Sea Region / P. S. Vakhrameeva, D. A. Subetto, B. Diekmann, B. Biskaborn, L. Heinecke, G. Muller. - Strucute and genesis of Gorodok elevation in North-East Belarus / A. Vashkov. - Present problems in the Quaternary (Postapsheronskii) stratigraphy and geochronology of the Caspian Sea Sediments / S. S. Veliev, E. N. Tagieva. - Problem of paleogeography of East Europe in late Pliocene and early Pleistocene / A. A. Velichko, V. V. Pisareva, M. A. Faustova. - Regularities of modern relief organization of Kolyma lowland tundra landscapes (Northeast Siberia) - Remote sensing and GIS Studies / A. A. Veremeeva. - The joint German-Russian Polygon Project - Environmental studies in East Siberian Tundra wetlands / S. Wetterich, A. Bobrov, U. Herzschuh, H. Joosten, L. Pestryakova, E.-M. Pfeijfer, L. Kutzbach, L. Schirrmeister, D. Subetto, V. Tumskoy. - Interglacial environments of Oyogos Yar (Dmitry Laptev Strait) / S. Wetterich, R. Kienast, S. Kuzmina, A. A. Andreev, L. Nazarova, L. Schirrmeister, V. V. Kunitsky. - Geological significance of section "Ogurtsovo" in district of Novosibirsk / I. A. Volkov, S. P. Kazmin. - Present problems of the Quaternary period stratigraphy of the West and Middle Siberia / V. S. Volkova. - New data on the evolution and age of sediments, enclosing the cultural horizon of middle Paleolithic Site Khotylevo-1 (River Desna Basin) / E. V. Voskresenskaya, L. B. Vishniytskiy, I. S. Zuganova, E. U. Novenko, A. K. Ocherednoy. - The Lake Sedimentogenez and features of the Paleogeography Prihankayskoy depression in Late Cenozoic / T. N. Voskresenskaya. - Relief and loose desposits of the Russian Plain main watershed protected areas in the South-East Onega / A. I. Voskresenskiy, I. S. Voskresenskiy, A. N. Kichigin. - Distribution of cryogenic micro relief in low mountainous massifs of the Kola Peninsula / E. V. Garankina. - Change of landscapes in early Pleistocene histories of East European Plane / N. I. Glushankova. - Some structural and mapping features of water-glacial deposits of the Don horizon / B. V. Glushkov, G. V. Kholmovoy. - Using dem for tasks of Quaternary geology and geomorphology of Siberia / N. V. Glushkova, V. A. Lyamina, I. D. Zolnikov, N. N. Dobretsov, V. P. Afanas'ev, D. A. Samdanov, I. I. Boldirev, S. A. Semenova. - Reference horizons of volcanic ash in Quaternary deposits of the Northern Coast of Okhotsk Sea / O. Yu. Glushkova, V. N. Smirnov. - Problems of the Eopleistocene volumes in the South-Eastern West Siberian Plate in the context of the Quaternary bottom lowering / A. G. Golovina, V. S. Volkova. - An influence of coastal processes on sedimentogenesis in the Tsymlyanskoye reservoir / N. V. Golubova. - Environments during the time of initial human settlement of the Kola Peninsula / I. M. Grekov, E. A. Kosheleva. - Mesostratigraphy of middle- and late valdai loess-like loams as the marker of low-range ecosystematic rearrangements / L. A. Gugalinskaya, V. M. Alifanov. - Relief and quaternary sediments from outer part of East Siberian Sea: new data / E. A. Gusev, A. G. Zinchenko, N. Yu. Anikina, L. G. Derevyanko, V. V. Popov. - The Middle Holocene parastratotype old Kieshki Site and its palaeobotanic characteristic (Southern Foreurals) / G. A. Danukalova, E. G. Lapteva, O. M. Korona. - Results of the Mollusc study of the late Pliocene early Quaternary Novosultanbekovo Site (Southern Foreurals) / G. A. Danukalova, E. M. Osipova. - Natural and anthropogenic factors of formation of chemical composition of sediments of lakes of North Fennoscandia / V. A. Dauvalter, N. A. Kashulin, S. S. Sandimirov. - Difficulties of long-term air temperature time series finding for climatological problems / V. I. Demin. - Diatom complexes changes in academicheskoe lake sediments (Khibiny Massif, Kola Peninsula) / D. B. Denisov. - Natural features of sedimentogenesis in the lake of the Eastern slope o , In kyrill. Schr. , In engl. und rus. Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: AWI G3-17-91084-2
    In: Kvarter vo vsem ego mnogoobrazii, Tom 2
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 350 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-5-91918-124-8
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Contemporary hydrographic network of the North-East of the Russian Plain: chronology of development / A. S. Lavrov, L. M. Potapenko. - Some distinctions of big and smoll interglacials (by way of example of Western Siberia during Late Pleistocene) / S. A. Laukhin, A. M. Firsov. - Pollen spectra in the lithological facies of lake bottom sediment on the White Sea Coast / N. B. Lavrova, V. V. Kolka, O. P. Korsakova. - Barsova Gora is the unical object of glacial geology and Taiga vegetation in the middle Priobie / N. B. Levina, V. A. Tkachenko, V. N. Turin, N. N. Lavrovich, E. V. Shepetova. - Geological role of ice in formation of the Arctic Ocean recent and quaternary sediments composition / M. A. Levitan, K. V. Syromyatnikov. - Granite protrusions as a relief-forming factor of the activated sections of platforms and mobile belts / M. G. Leonov, E. S. Przhiyalgovsky. - Glacial tectonics and the granulated substance mechanics / M. G. Leonov, O. G. Epshtein. - Late Pliocene-Early Pleistocene lake sediments in hollow D'Issyk-kul / O. N. Leflat, T. N. Voskresenskaya. - Complexity and diversity of genetic indication of loose formations and new things in the methods of their identification (according to the results of research of small rivers' valleys of the North of Amur-Zeya Plain, Lower Amur Region and Western Priokhotye / E. Yu. Likutov. - Landscape-geological characteristic of travertine cascade of the ancient thermal source of tract pymvashor / A. A. Ljubas, J. N. Bolotov, M. Y. Gofarov, S. A. lglovskiy. - Lake's lithogenesis: new formations are on the bottom of the drying up Udinsky Streach / L. A. Magaeva, M. T. Ustinov. - Genetic classification of peat deposits based on trophicity degree / G. L. Makarenko. - On the issue of classification of mires based on trophicity degree / G. L. Makarenko. - Some burning issues of a structural interpretation of the plain areas relief / V. I. Makarov, N. V. Makarova, T. V. Sukhanova. - The first experience of the 230Th/U dating of buried wood remains / R. E. Maksimov, V. Yu. Kuznetsov, S. A. Laukhin, I. E. Zherebtsov, S. B. Levchenko, N. G. Baranova. - Variations of the relative intensity of geomagnetic field in bottom sediments of the Bering Sea and North-Western Pacific during the last 380 kyr / M. I. Malakhov, S. A. Gorbarenko, D. Nurnberg, R. Tiedemann, G. Yu. Malakhova, J. Riethdorf. - Using high-resolution records petromagnetic and lithophysic characteristics of the sediments Bering Sea and high-latitude Western Pacific for reconstruction of climate and environment in the Late Pleistocene-Holocene / M. I. Malakhov, S. A. Gorbarenko, D. Nurnberg, R. Tiedemann, G. Yu. Malakhova, J. Riethdorf. - Some information about genetic classification of lakes of the Vepsovsky Hill East of the Leningrad Region / O. V. Malozemova, L. A. Nesterova, D. A. Subetto. - Middle Pleistocene small mammal faunas of Eastern and Central Europe: Chronology, correlation / A. K. Markova, T. van Kolfschoten. - Astronomical and meteorological criteria of defining human activity traces in ancient megalith rock complexes in the North-West Russia / L. S. Marsadolov, G. N. Paranina. - Palynological characteristics of the middle Pleistocene deposits in the Vychegda River Basin, the Komi Republic (preliminary data) / T. I. Marchenko-Vagapova. - Isotope specialization (δ18O, δ13C) of quaternary carbonates from Belarus and potential of palaeoenvironments indication / N. A. Makhnach. - The complex survey of quaternary deposits / A. V. Mashukov, A. E. Mashukova. - Quaternary deposits and construction materials' deposits in the Kaluga Region / S. G. Medvedeva. - Vegetation and climate of Sakhalin in the early Holocene / Yu. A. Mikishin, L. G. Gvozdeva. - Inorganic geochemistry record of stages 6-11 from Elgygytgyn lake sediments (deep drilling data) / P. S. Minyuk, V. Ya. Borkhodoev and Elgygytgyn Scientific Party. - Palaeoshorelines on the Murmansk coast / M. V. Mityaev. - Vertical matter flow in Gulfs on Murmansk and Karelian coasts / M. V. Mityaev, M. V. Gerasimova. - Channel and basin components of sediment yield in the formation of quaternary alluvial suites of rivers of the middle Volga Region / V. V. Mozzherin. - Late Pleistocene interglacial-glacial climatic transition (MIS 5/MIS 4) as derived from palynological analysis and IR-OSL dating of deposits from the Voka Reference Section, Southeastern coast of the Gulf of Finland / A. N. Molodkov, N. S. Bolikhovskaya. - Quaternary sediments in the Central Part of Northern West Siberia / D. V. Nazarov. - Palynological evidences of the postglacial warm event of the Laptev Sea Region / O. D. Naidina. - Some problems of using luminescent methods for absolute dating of glacial deposits (by the example of Chagan Section, SE Altai) / R. K. Nepop, A. R. Agatova, H. Rodnight. - Freshwater travertine-like carbonates of the Izhora Plateau as the natural markers of the structural dislocations / M. U. Nikitin, A. A. Medvedeva. - Fold deformations in late Pleistocene deposits of the Central Part Kola Region and their genesis / S. B. Nikolaeva. - Mammoths and man of stone age in Northern Europe - insight of a question on migrations to European Subarctic by Western paths / A. A. Nikonov. - Formation of present-day deposits in the conditions of technogenic litogenesis / E. N. Ogorodnikova, S. K. Nikolaeva. - Traces cryogenesis of Neopleistocene sediments the lower Irtysh / O. L. Opokina, E. A. Slagoda. - Stratigraphical subdivision of the Eopleistocene deposits of the Simbugino Site and new mollusc finds (Southern Foreurals) / E. M. Osipova, G. A. Danukalova. - Late Pleistocene to Holocene environment and climate in the Upper Ponoy Depression (Kola Peninsula) reconstracted from pollen record of Churozero lake bottom deposits / E. Yu. Pavlova, M. V. Dorozhkina, E. I. Devyatova. - Absolute chronology and climatic conditions of Valdai (Vistulian) terraces formation in the middle Seim River Valley / A. Panin, J.-P. Buylaert, E. Matlakhova, A. Murray, O. Pakholova. - Possibility of reconstruction of climate change in the Mongolian Altai based on analysis of annual records in glaciers and lacustrine sediment / T. S. Papma, E. Yu. Mitrofanova, N. S. Malygina. - Northern labyrinth - thee Gnomon: compass, clock, calendar / G. N. Paranina. - Late Pleistocene and Holocene paleogeography of the coastal lowlands of Is. Paramushir (Kuril Islands) / A. Ju. Pakhomov. - Upper-Kama (Verhnekama) Upland - the newest lifting of the middle Last Pleistocene / M. M. Pakhomov, I. L. Borodatyi. - Dating mass accumulations of Mammoth across Arctic Eurasia / V. V. Pitulko, P. A. Nikolskiy, A. E. Basilyan, E. Y. Pavlova. - Features of vertical distribution of the materials within the marginal zones of permafrost polygonal structures and its importance for dating of quaternary deposits in cryolitozone / V. V. Pitulko, E. Y. Pavlova, A. E. Basilyan, S. G. Kritsuk. - Morfogenesis of the tectonics active area of the Mongolian Altay / S. G. Platonova. - Reference section of the Lichvin interglacial in the North-Western Part of European Russia's Region / E. S. Pleshivtseva, V. L. Garkusha, M. A. Travina. - New radiocarbon dates of Late Quaternary Mammals in the Arkhangelsk Region in connection with reconstructions of the last glaciation in the Eastern Europe / D. V. Ponomarev, T. van Kolfschoten, A. K. Markova, J. van der Plicht. - Geological illustrations of Aral-Caspian Region's latest seismodynamic high activity / V. I. Popkov. - About Karagiinsk closed depression (Mangishlak)'s genesis / V. I. Popkov. - On the issue of formation of the Caucasian mineral waters' modern structural geomorphologic aspect / V. I. Popkov, I. G. Sazonov, D. A. Kolleganova. - Natural climate changes on the border of Late Pleistocene and Holocene / A. N. Popova, D. A. Subetto. - Some problems paleogeomorfologi Volga Region / I. V. Proletkin. - New perspectives on modern geomorphological studies / I. V. Proletkin. - Dynamics of small mammals local assem , In kyrill. Schr. , In engl. und rus. Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Oslo] : Arctic Monitoring and Assessment Programme
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94098
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii,12-15 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-82-7971-071-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction / Lead authors: Morten Skovgaard Olsen, Lars-Otto Reiersen Chapter 2. Arctic Climate: Recent Variations / Lead authors: John E. Walsh, James E. Overland, Pavel Y. Groisman, Bruno Rudolf Chapter 3. Climate Model Projections for the Arctic / Lead authors: James E. Overland, Muyin Wang, John E. Walsh, Jens H. Christensen, Vladimir M. Kattsov, William L. Chapman Chapter 4. Changing Snow Cover and its Impacts / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Margareta Johansson, Ross D. Brown, Pavel Y. Groisman, Niklas Labba, Vladimir Radionov Chapter 5. Changing Permafrost and its Impacts / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Margareta Johansson, Oleg Anisimov, Hanne H. Christiansen, Arne Instanes, Vladimir Romanovsky, Sharon Smith Chapter 6. Changing Lake and River Ice Regimes: Trends, Effects and Implications / Lead authors: Terry Prowse, Knut Alfredsen, Spyros Beltaos, Barrie Bonsal, Claude Duguay, Atte Korhola, James McNamara, Warwick F. Vincent, Valery Vuglinsky, Gesa Weyhenmeyer Chapter 7. Mountain Glaciers and Ice Caps / Lead authors: Martin Sharp, Maria Ananicheva, Anthony Arendt, Jon-Ove Hagen, Regine Hock, Edward Josberger, R. Dan Moore, William Tad Pfeffer, Gabriel J. Wolken Chapter 8. The Greenland Ice Sheet in a Changing Climate / Lead authors: Dorthe Dahl-Jensen, Jonathan Bamber, Carl E. Bøggild, Erik Buch, Jens H. Christensen, Klaus Dethloff, Mark Fahnestock, Shawn Marshall, Minik Rosing, Konrad Steffen, Robert Thomas, Martin Truffer, Michael van den Broeke, Cornelis van der Veen Chapter 9. Sea Ice / Lead authors: Walter N. Meier, Sebastian Gerland, Mats A. Granskog, Jeffrey R. Key, Christian Haas, Grete K. Hovelsrud, Kit M. Kovacs, Alexander Makshtas, Christine Michel, Donald Perovich, James D. Reist, Bob E.H. van Oort Chapter 10. Arctic Societies, Cultures, and Peoples in a Changing Cryosphere / Lead authors: Grete K. Hovelsrud, Birger Poppel, Bob E.H. van Oort, James D. Reist Chapter 11. Cross-cutting Scientific Issues / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Dorthe Dahl-Jensen, Margareta Johansson, Roland Kallenborn, Jeffrey R. Key, Robie Macdonald, Terry Prowse, Martin Sharp, Konrad Steffen, Warwick F. Vincent Chapter 12. SWIPA Synthesis: Implications of Findings / Lead author: James D. Reist Acronyms and abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91873
    In: Eiszeitalter und Gegenwart, Volume 60, Number 2-3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Seiten 211 - 390 , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Eiszeitalter und Gegenwart 60.2011,2/3
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Foreword / Margot Böse. - Depositional architecture and palaeogeographic significance of Middle Pleistocene glaciolacustrine ice marginal deposits in northwestern Germany: a synoptic overview / Jutta Winsemann, Christian Brandes, Ulrich Polom, Christian Weber. - Chronology of Weichselian main ice marginal positions in north-eastern Germany / Christopher Lüthgens, Margot Böse. - Deglaciation of a large piedmont lobe glacier in comparison with a small mountain glacier - new insight from surface exposure dating. Two studies from SE Germany / Anne U. Reuther, Markus Fiebig, Suan Ivy-Ochs, Peter W. Kubik, Jürgen M. Reitner, Hermann Herz, Klaus Heine. - Casting new light on the chronology of the loess/paleosol sequences in Lower Austria / Birgit Terharst, Christine Thiel, Robert Peticzka, Tobias Sprafke, Manfred Frechen, Florian A. Fladerer, Reinhard Roetzel, Christine Neugebauer-Maresch. - Editorial / Markus Fiebig. - Quaternary glaciation history of northern Switzerland / Frank Preusser, Hans Rudolf Graf, Oskar Keller, Edgar Krayss, Christian Schlüchter. - The Quaternary of the southwest German Alpine Foreland (Bodensee-Oberschwaben, Baden-Württemberg, Southwest Germany) / Dietrich Ellwanger, Ulrike Wielandt-Schuster, Matthias Franz, Theo Simon. - Quaternary Stratigraphy of Southern Bavaria / Gerhard Doppler, Ernst Kroemer, Konrad Rögner, Johannes Wallner, Hermann Jerz, Walter Grottenthaler. - An outline of the quaternary stratigraphy of Austria / Dirk van Husen, Jürgen M. Reitner. , Zusammenfassung in deutscher Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94882
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 506 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-0-521-75777-5 (pbk) , 978-0-521-76763-7 (hbk)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Preface I Introductory Chapters 1 The Ecological Value of Biyophytes as Indicators of Climate Change / NANCY G. SLACK 2 Bryophyte Physiological Processes in a Changing Climate: an Overview / ZOLTÁN TUBA II Ecophysiology 3 Climatic Responses and Limits of Biyophytes: Comparisons and Contrasts with Vascular Plants / MICHAEL C. F. PROCTOR 4 Effects of Elevated Air C02 Concentration on Bryophytes: a Review / ZOLTÁN TUBA, EDIT ÖTVÖS, AND ILDIKÓ JÓCSÁK 5 Seasonal and Interannual Variability of Light and UV Acclimation in Mosses / NIINA M. LAPPALAINEN, ANNA HYYRYLÄINEN, AND SATU HUTTUNEN III Aquatic Bryophytes 6 Ecological and Physiological Effects of Changing Climate on Aquatic Bryophytes / JANICE M. GLIME 7 Aquatic Bryophytes under Ultraviolet Radiation / JAVIER MARTÍNEZ-ABAIGAR AND ENCARNACIÓN NÚÑEZ-OLIVERA IV Desert and Tropical Ecosystems 8 Responses of a Biological Crust Moss to Increased Monsoon Precipitation and Nitrogen Deposition in the Mojave Desert / LLOYD R. STARK, D. NICHOLAS MCLETCHIE, STANLEY D. SMITH, AND MELVIN J. OLIVER 9 Ecology of Bryophytes in Mojave Desert Biological Soil Crusts: Effects of Elevated CO2 on Sex Expression, Stress Tolerance, and Productivity in the Moss Syntrichia caninervis Mitt. / JOHN C. BRINDA, CATHERINE FERNANDO, AND LLOYD R. STARK 10 Responses of Epiphytic Bryophyte Communities to Simulated Climate Change in the Tropics / JORGE JÁCOME, S. ROBBERT GRADSTEIN, AND MICHAEL KESSLER V Alpine, Arctic, and Antarctic Ecosystems 11 Effects of Climate Change on Tundra Bryophytes / ANNIKA K. JÄGERBRAND, ROBERT G. BJÖRK, TERRY CALLAGHAN, AND RODNEY D. SEPPELT 12 Alpine Bryophytes as Indicators for Climate Change: a Case Study from the Austrian Alps / DANIELA HOHENWALLNER, HAROLD GUSTAV ZECHMEISTER, DIETMAR MOSER, HARALD PAULI, MICHAEL GOTTFRIED, KARL REITER, AND GEORG GRABHERR 13 Bryophytes and Lichens in a Changing Climate: An Antarctic Perspective / RODNEY D. SEPPELT VI Sphagnum and Peatlands 14 Living on the Edge: The Effects of Drought on Canada's Western Boreal Peatlands / MELANIE A. VILE, KIMBERLI D. SCOTT, ERIN BRAULT, R. KELMAN WlEDER, AND DALE H . VlTT 15 The Structure and Functional Features of Sphagnum Cover of the Northern West Siberian Mires in Connection with Forecasting Global Environmental and Climatic Changes / ALEKSEI V. NAUMOV AND NATALIA P. KOSYKH 16 The Southernmost Sphagnum-dominated Mires on the Plains of Europe: Formation, Secondary Succession, Degradation, and Protection / JÁNOS NAGY VII Changes in Bryophyte Distribution with Climate Change: Data and Models 17 The Role of Bryophyte Paleoecology in Quaternary Climate Reconstructions / GUSZTÁV JAKAB AND PÁL SÜMEGI 18 Signs of Climate Change in the Bryoflora of Hungary / TAMÁS PÓCS 19 Can the Effects of Climate Change on British Bryophytes be Distinguished from those Resulting from Other Environmental Changes? / JEFFREY W. BATES AND CHRISTOPHER D. PRESTON 20 Climate Change and Protected Areas: How well do British Rare Bryophytes Fare? / BARBARA J. ANDERSON AND RALF OHLEMÜLLER 21 Modeling the Distribution of Sematophyllum substrumulosum (Hampe) E. Britton as a Signal of Climatic Changes in Europe / CECÍLIA SÉRGIO, RUI FIGUEIRA, AND RUI MENEZES 22 Modeling Bryophyte Productivity Across Gradients of Water Availability Using Canopy Form-Function Relationships / STEVEN K. RICE, NATHALI NEAL, JESSE MANGO, AND KELLY BLACK VIII Conclusions 23 Bryophytes as Predictors of Climate Change / L. DENNIS GIGNAC 24 Conclusions and Future Research / NANCY G. SLACK AND LLOYD R. STARK Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    facet.materialart.12
    Chichester, [England] : Wiley
    Call number: 9781444328479 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 768 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9781444328479 (e-book) , 978-1-4443-2847-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contents Preface Acknowledgements Part 1: Making Sediment Introduction Clastic sediment as a chemical and physical breakdown product 1.1 Introduction: clastic sediments—'accidents' of weathering 1.2 Silicate minerals and chemical weathering 1.3 Solute flux: rates and mechanisms of silicate chemical weathering 1.4 Physical weathering 1.5 Soils as valves and filters for the natural landscape 1.6 Links between soil age, chemical weathering and weathered-rock removal 1.7 Provenance: siliciclastic sediment-sourcing Further reading 2 Carbonate, siliceous, iron-rich and evaporite sediments 2.1 Marine vs. freshwater chemical composition and fluxes 2.2 The calcium carbonate system in the oceans 2.3 Ooid carbonate grains 2.4 Carbonate grains from marine plants and animals 2.5 Carbonate muds, oozes and chalks 2.6 Other carbonate grains of biological origins 2.7 Organic productivity, sea-level and atmospheric controls of biogenic CaCO3 deposition rates 2.8 CaCO3 dissolution in the deep ocean and the oceanic CaCO3 compensation mechanism 2.9 The carbonate system on land 2.10 Evaporite salts and their inorganic precipitation as sediment 2.11 Silica and pelagic plankton 2.12 Iron minerals and biomineralizers 2.13 Desert varnish 2.14 Phosphates 2.15 Primary microbial-induced sediments: algal mats and stromatolites Further reading 3 Sediment grain properties 3.1 General 3.2 Grain size 3.3 Grain-size distributions 3.4 Grain shape and form 3.5 Bulk properties of grain aggregates Further reading Part 2: Moving Fluid Introduction 4 Fluid basics 4.1 Material properties of fluids 4.2 Fluid kinematics 4.3 Fluid continuity with constant density 4.4 Fluid dynamics 4.5 Energy, mechanical work and power Further reading 5 Types of fluid motion 5.1 Osborne Reynolds and flow types 5.2 The distribution of velocity in viscous flows: the boundary layer 5.3 Turbulent flows 5.4 The structure of turbulent shear flows 5.5 Shear flow instabilities, flow separation and secondary currents 5.6 Subcritical and supercritical flows: the Froude number and hydraulic jumps 5.7 Stratified flow generally 5.8 Water waves 5.9 Tidal flow—long-period waves Further reading Part 3: Transporting Sediment Introduction 6 Sediment in fluid and fluid flow—general 6.1 Fall of grains through stationary fluids 6.2 Natural flows carrying particulate material are complex 6.3 Fluids as transporting machines 6.4 Initiation of grain motion 6.5 Paths of grain motion 6.6 Categories of transported sediment 6.7 Some contrasts between wind and water flows 6.8 Cohesive sediment transport and erosion 6.9 A warning: nonequilibrium effects dominate natural sediment transport systems 6.10 Steady state, deposition or erosion: the sediment continuity equation and competence vs. capacity Further reading 7 Bedforms and sedimentary structures in flows and under waves 7.1 Trinity of interaction: turbulent flow, sediment transport and bedform development 7.2 Water-flow bedforms 7.3 Bedform phase diagrams for water flows 7.4 Water flow erosional bedforms on cohesive beds 7.5 Water wave bedforms 7.6 Combined flows: wave-current ripples and hummocky cross-stratification 7.7 Bedforms and structures formed by atmospheric flows Further reading 8 Sediment gravity flows and their deposits 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Granular flows 8.3 Debris flows 8.4 Turbidity flows 8.5 Turbidite evidence for downslope transformation from turbidity to debris flows Further reading 9 Liquefaction, fluidization and sliding sediment deformation 9.1 Liquefaction 9.2 Sedimentary structures formed by and during liquefaction 9.3 Submarine landslides, growth faults and slumps 9.4 Desiccation and synaeresis shrinkage structures Further reading Part 4: Major External Controls on Sedimentation and Sedimentary Environments Introduction 10 Major external controls on sedimentation 10.1 Climate 10.2 Global climates: a summary 10.3 Sea-level changes 10.4 Tectonics 10.5 Sediment yield, denudation rate and the sedimentary record Further reading Part 5: Continental Sedimentary Environments Introduction 11 Rivers 11.1 Introduction 11.2 River networks, hydrographs,patterns and long profiles 11.3 Channel form 11.4 Channel sediment transport processes, bedforms and internal structures 11.5 The floodplain 11.6 Channel belts, alluvial ridges and avulsion 11.7 River channel changes, adjustable variables and equilibrium 11.8 Alluvial architecture: product of complex responses 11.9 Alluvial architecture: scale, controls and time Further reading 12 Subaerial Fans: Alluvial and Colluvial 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Controls on the size (area) and gradient of fans 12.3 Physical processes on alluvial fans 12.4 Debris-flow-dominated alluvial fans 12.5 Stream-flow-dominated alluvial fans 12.6 Recognition of ancient alluvial fans and talus cones Further reading 13 Aeolian Sediments in Low-Latitude Deserts 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Aeolian system state 13.3 Physical processes and erg formation 13.4 Erg margins and interbedform areas 13.5 Erg and draa evolution and sedimentary architecture 13.6 Erg construction, stasis and destruction: climate and sea-level controls 13.7 Ancient desert facies Further reading 14 Lakes 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Lake stratification 14.3 Clastic input by rivers and the effect of turbidity currents 14.4 Wind-forced physical processes 14.5 Temperate lake chemical processes and cycles 14.6 Saline lake chemical processes and cycles 14.7 Biological processes and cycles 14.8 Modern temperate lakes and their sedimentary facies 14.9 Lakes in the East African rifts 14.10 Lake Baikal 14.11 The succession of facies as lakes evolve 14.12 Ancient lake facies Further reading 15 Ice 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Physical processes of ice flow 15.3 Glacier flow, basal lubrication and surges 15.4 Sediment transport, erosion and deposition by flowing ice 15.5 Glacigenic sediment: nomenclature and classification 15.6 Quaternary and modern glacial environments and facies 15.7 Ice-produced glacigenic erosion and depositional facies on land and in the periglacial realm 15.8 Glaciofluvial processes on land at and within the ice-front 15.9 Glacimarine environments 15.10 Glacilacustrine environments 15.11 Glacial facies in the pre-Quaternary geological record: case of Cenozoic Antarctica Further reading Part 6: Marine Sedimentary Environments Introduction 16. Estuaries 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Estuarine dynamics 16.3 Modern estuarine morphology and sedimentary environments 16.4 Estuaries and sequence stratigraphy Further reading 17. River and Fan Deltas 17.1 Introduction to river deltas 17.2 Basic physical processes and sedimentation at the river delta front 17.3 Mass movements and slope failure on the subaqueous delta 17.4 Organic deposition in river deltas 17.5 River delta case histories 17.6 River deltas and sea-level change 17.7 Ancient river delta deposits 17.8 Fan deltas Further reading 18. Linear Siliciclastic Shorelines 18.1 Introduction 18.2 Beach processes and sedimentation 18.3 Barrier-inlet-spit systems and their deposits 18.4 Tidal flats, salt marsh and chenier ridges 18.5 Ancient clastic shoreline facies Further reading 19 Siliciclastic Shelves 19.1 Introduction: shelf sinks and lowstand bypass 19.2 Shelf water dynamics 19.3 Holocene highstand shelf sediments: general 19.4 Tide-dominated, low river input, highstand shelves 19.5 Tide-dominated, high river input, highstand shelves 19.6 Weather-dominated highstand shelves Further reading 20 Calcium-carbonate-evaporite Shorelines, Shelves and Basins 20.1 Introduction: calcium carbonate 'nurseries' and their consequences 20.2 Arid carbonate tidal flats, lagoons and evaporite sabkhas 20.3 Humid carbonate tidal flats and marshes 20.4 Lagoons and bays 20.5 Tidal delta and margin-spillover carbonate tidal sands 20.6 Open-shelf carbonate ramps 20.7 Platform margin reefs and carbonate build-ups 20.8 Platform margin slopes and basins 20.9 Carbonate sediments, cycles and sea-level change 20.10 Displacement and destruction of carbonate environments: silicicl
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Call number: AWI Bio-19-20533
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 48 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Content: Preface. - Polar ecosystems in a changing climate. - Ice edge blooms - Migrating oases in polar seas. - Antarctic: Krill has evolved adaptation strategies to its extreme environment. - Living at -20 degrees: why sea Ice algae don't freeze up. - ocean acidification and Iron deficiency affect Antarctic phytoplankton communities. - The oceans are acidifying: spIder crabs and Ice fIsh are feeling the repercussions of climate change. - melting glaciers - Changing coastal ecosystems in the West Antarctic. - In the service of science: elephant seals explore the Southern Ocean. - Ocean Acoustics - palaoa broadcasts live from the Southern Ocean. - When ice shelves disintegrate - diversity of life on the Antarctic seabed. - RV 'Polarstern' in Antarctica - observations in the ice. - deep-sea observatory in the Arctic: Climate change affects life on the ocean floor. - plankton rain in the vicinity of the Arctic HAUSGARTEN: What do sinking particles tell us?. - pelagic research in the Arctic faces new challenges. - fram observatory - live conference with the Arctic deep sea in preparation. - dom - the oceans' molecular memory. - siberian forests moving north - impact on the climate and biodiversity. - promoting young talent: High school pupils learn together with AWI scientists. - dream job- polar scientist - How a student achieved her goal over an icy path. - marIne biosciences in the scientific-societal context of the 21st. century. - Contact persons at the AWI. - Imprint. - geographic locatIons of the research reports of this brochure
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92416
    Description / Table of Contents: The book contains proceedings of the Second International School on paleopedology for young scholars «Paleosoils as a source of information about past environments». Abstracts of main lectures, description of region where the School was carried out and papers of young scientists are published in the book. Proceedings of the School are of interest for researchers of soil science, paleogeography, Quaternary geology and ecology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 145 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-8406-0430-4
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: CONTENT Preface / M. Dergacheva, A. Makeev Description of study area and paleosol / M. Dergacheva, N. Mironycheva-Tokareva, S. Ponomarev, D. Gavrilov LECTURES Essentials of the paleopedology and a review of Quaternary paleosols of the Northern Hemisphere: main items, presented in the lectures / A. Makeev Paleosols in geologic history of the Earth / A. Makeev Possibilites and limits of pedohumus method used at investigations types and environment of ancient pedogenesis / M. Dergacheva Classification system of paleosols / I. Fedeneva Indicating function of pedogenic carbonates in paleoclimatic reconstruction of Holocene and Pleistocene / O. Khokhlova Miromorphological capacities for reseaching of palaeosoils / M. Lebedeva (Verba) Three-dimensional morphology of soil / A. V. Zakharchenko Paleomagnetic method for studing Pliocene and Quaternary deposits of Siberia (current status, problems, prospects) / Z. N. Gnibidenko Specific chemical state anthropogenic transformed soil of the ancient settlements / O. Yakimenko Geochemical peculiarities of soils as an indicator of specific of their formation and anthropogenic transformation / L. Rikhvanov REPORTS Problem of paleosols weed / A. Blagodatnova Spatial distribution of mobile phosphates in Kamennyi Ambar settlement (Chelyabinsk region) / K. Bojtsova Review of literature data for the study of humus horizon chernozem rate formation / E. Burnatova Pedogenic features in paleosols of Samara Volga region archaeological sites / D. Vassilieva Paleosols of Early Iron Age double kurgan of burial ground Kuigenzhar (Northern Kazakhstan) / D. Gavrilov, R. Ishmuratov, A. Toguzbaev Salt soils of Central-Tuva depression / Ch. Danchai-ool Humus composition of Zaural' e forest-steppe and steppe zones on example of archaeological sites / T. Zhdanova Properties variation of the upper part of the modern soils and surface paleosols of key site Volodarka (Barnaul Priobye) / H. Zhaharova Chernozems morphological properties of key area «Volodarka» / O. Kazachenok Comparative characteristics of the modern turf-podzolic soil and the soil buried under centenary dump (Sysert' District, Middle Urals) / L. Kirilyuk Paleopedology: objects and article of researches (review of publications in a «Soil Science» magazine for 2008-2010) / M. Komarova Soils with a buried humus horizon / B. Mongush Paleogeography formation conditions of Tuva sandy landscapes / Ch. Mongush, S. Kurbatskaya The comparative characteristic of 700-year-old and background soil near Sovetskiy city (middle taiga) / O. Nekrasova Humus soil memory: the conditions and time limits for the conservation of steppe / A. Nikiforov Study Holocene evolution of Central Tuva soil and soil formation / K. Ochur Estimation of restoration rate of damaged soils (on materials of studying archaeological objects of the foreststeppe zone) / E. Politova, V. Valdayskih Some polygenetic chernozem characteristics of the Ob Plateau Eastern edge (for example, the key area "Volodarka") / S. Ponomarev Vertical zonality soils in the Sayan mountains in Tuva / V. Sanchaiban Soil physical properties as a soil memory flash / E. Surkova Peculiarities of soddy-alluvial soil of the river Sysert' water-meadow (The Middle Urals) / A. Uchaev Aqueous extract composition of anthropogenically disturbed soils of Kamennyi Am bar settlement / D. Filimonova Environmental conditions of steppe soils for example near the village of Volodarka / H. Cherepanova New investigations at Tokaj-Csorgukut II. Loess section, Northeast Hungary / D. G. Páll, G. Persaits, P. Sümegi P Preliminary results on the phytoliths of the dutch neolithic site Swifterbant as seen from samples retrieved from soils, pig droppings and molars / G. Persaits, D. C. M. Raemaekers , In kyrillischer Schrift , Beiträge teilweise in englischer, teilweise in russischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Zürich] : IAHS (ICSI)
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G7-12-0001
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 102 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A4-11-0035
    Description / Table of Contents: The polar regions have experienced some remarkable environmental changes in recent decades, such as the Antarctic ozone hole, the loss of large amounts of sea ice from the Arctic Ocean and major warming on the Antarctic Peninsula. The polar regions are also predicted to warm more than any other region on Earth over the next century if greenhouse gas concentrations continue to rise. Yet trying to separate natural climate variability from anthropogenic forcing still presents many problems. This book presents a thorough review of how the polar climates have changed over the last million years and sets recent changes within a long term perspective, as determined from ice and ocean sediment cores. The approach taken is highly cross-disciplinary and the close links between the atmosphere, ocean and ice at high latitudes are stressed. The volume will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students in polar science, climatology, global change, meteorology, oceanography and glaciology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 434 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 9780521850100 , 978-0-521-85010-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1 The environment of the polar regions. - 1.2 The role of the polar regions in the global climate system. - 1.3 Possible implications of high latitude climate change. - 2. Polar climate data and models. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Instrumental observations. - 2.3 Meteorological analysis fields. - 2.4 Remotely sensed data. - 2.5 Proxy climate data. - 2.6 Models. - 3. The high latitude climates and mechanisms of change. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Factors influencing the broadscale climated of the polar regions. - 3.3 Processes of the high latitude climates. - 3.4 The mechanisms of high latitude climate change. - 3.5 Atmospheric circulation. - 3.6 Temperature. - 3.7 Cloud and precipitation. - 3.8 Sea ice. - 3.9 The ocean circulation. - 3.10 Concluding remarks. - 4. The last million years. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 The Arctic. - 4.3 The Antarctic. - 4.4 Linking high latitude climate change in the two hemispheres. - 5. The Holocene. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Forcing of the climate system during the Holocene. - 5.3 Atmospheric circulation. - 5.4 Temperature. - 5.5 The ocean circulation. - 5.6 Sea ice and sea surface temperatures. - 5.7 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 5.8 The cryosphere, precipitation and sea level. - 5.9 Concluding remarks. - 6. The instrumental period. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 The main meteorological elements. - 6.3 Changes in the atmospheric circulation. - 6.4 The ocean environment. - 6.5 Sea ice. - 6.6. Snow cover. - 6.7 Permafrost. - 6.8 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 6.9 Terrestrial ice and sea level. - 6.10 Attribution of recent changes. - 6.11 Concluding remarks. - 7. Predictions for the next 100 years. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Possible future greenhouse gas emission scenarios and the IPCC models. - 7.3 Changes in the atmospheric circulation and the modes of climate variability. - 7.4 The main meteorological elements. - 7.5 The ocean circulation and water masses. - 7.6 Sea ice. - 7.7 Seasonal snow cover and the terrestrial environment. - 7.8 Permafrost. - 7.9 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 7.10 Terrestrial ice, the ice shelves and sea level. - 7.11 Concluding remarks. - 8. Summary and future research needs. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Gaining improved understanding of past climate change. - 8.3 Modelling the high latitude climate system. - 8.4 Data required. - 8.5 Concluding remarks. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI G3-11-0064
    Description / Table of Contents: This is the first textbook to address all the components of the Earth's cryosphere - all forms of snow and ice, both terrestrial and marine. It provides a concise but comprehensive summary of snow cover, glaciers, ice sheets, lake and river ice, permafrost, sea ice and icebergs - their past history and projected future state. It is designed for courses at upper undergraduate and graduate level in environmental science, geography, geology, glaciology, hydrology, water resource engineering and ocean sciences. It also provides a superb up-to-date summary for researchers of the cryosphere. The book includes an extensive bibliography, numerous figures and color plates, thematic boxes on selected topics and a glossary. The book builds on courses taught by the authors for many decades at the University of Colorado and the University of Alberta. Whilst there are many existing texts on individual components of the cryosphere, no other textbook covers the whole cryosphere.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 472 Seiten , Illustrationen , 25x19x2 cm
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 9780521156851
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Ackowledgements 1 Introduction 1.1 Definition and extent 1.2 The role of the cryosphere in the climate system 1.3 The organization of cryospheric observations and research 1.4 Remote sensing of the cryosphere Part I The terrestrial cryosphere 2A Snowfall and snow cover 2.1 History 2.2 Snow formation 2.3 Snow cover 2.4 Snow cover modeling in land surface schemes of GCMs 2.5 Snow interception by the canopy 2.6 Sublimation 2.7 Snow metamorphism 2.8 In situ measurements of snow 2.9 Remote sensing of snowpack properties and snow-cover area 2.10 Snowmelt modeling 2.11 Recent observed snow cover changes 2B Avalanches 2.12 History 2.13 Avalanche characteristics 2.14 Avalanche models 2.15 Trends' in avalanchf:' conditions 3 Glaciers and ice caps 3.1 History 3.2 Definitions 3.3 Glacier characteristics 3.4 Mass balance 3.5 Remote sensing 3.6 Glacier flow and flowlines 3.7 Scaling 3.8 Glacier modeling 3.9 Ice caps 3.10 Glacier hydrology 3.11 Changes in glaciers and ice caps 4 Ice sheets 4.1 History of exploration 4.2 Mass balance 4.3 Remote sensing 4.4 Mechanisms of ice sheet changes 4.5 The Greenland Ice Sheet 4.6 Antarctica 4.7 Overall ice sheet changes 4.8 Ice sheet models 4.9 Ice sheet and ice shelf interaction 4.10 Ice sheet contributions to sea level change 5 Frozen ground and permafrost 5.1 History 5.2 Frozen ground definitions and extent 5.3 Thermal relationships 5.4 Vertical characteristics of permafrost 5.5 Remote sensing 5.6 Ground ice 5.7 Permafrost models 5.8 Geomorphological features associated with permafrost 5.9 Changes in permafrost and soil freezing 6 Freshwater ice 6.1 History 6.2 Lake ice 6.3 Changes in lake ice cover 6.4 River ice 6.5 Trends in river ice cover 6.6 Icings Part II The marine cryosphere 7 Sea ice 7.1 History 7.2 Sea ice characteristics 7.3 Ice drift and ocean circulation 7.4 Sea ice models 7.5 Leads, polynyas, and pressure ridges 7.6 Ice thickness 7.7 Trends in sea ice extent and thickness 8 Ice shelves and icebergs 8.1 History 8.2 Ice shelves 8.3 Ice streams 8.4 Conditions beneath ice shelves 8.5 Ice shelf buttressing 8.6 Icebergs 8.7 Ice islands Part Ill The cryosphere past and future 9 The cryosphere in the past 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Snowball Earth and ice-free Cretaceous 9.3 Phanerozoic glaciations 9.4 Late Cenozoic polar glaciations 9.5 The Quaternary 9.6 The Holocene 10 The future cryosphere: impacts of global warming 10.1 Introduction 10.2 General observations 10.3 Recent cryospheric changes 10.4 Climate projections 10.5 Projected changes to Northern Hemisphere snow cover 10.6 Projected changes in land ice 10.7 Projected permafrost changes 10.8 Projected changes in freshwater ice 10.9 Projected sea ice changes Part IV Applications 11 Applications of snow and ice research 11.1 Snowfall 11.2 Freezing precipitation 11.3 Avalanches 11.4 Ice avalanches 11.5 Winter sports industry 11.6 Water resources 11.7 Hydropower 11.8 Snow melt floods 11.9 Freshwater ice 11.10 Ice roads 11.11 Sea ice 11.12 Glaciers and ice sheets 11.13 Icebergs 11.14 Permafrost and ground ice I 1.15 Seasonal ground freezing Glossary References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94099
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9783830517504 (kart.)
    Language: English
    Note: Content The Arctic: A Strategic Challenge for the 21st Century / Gunter Gloser Opportunities and Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: The European Union's Perspective / Joe Borg The First Responsibility / Aqqaluk Lynge An Explorer's Perspective / Arved Fuchs New Chances and New Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: An Introduction / Georg Witschel The Arctic in the Context of International Law / Rüdiger Wolfrum Arctic in Change: New Prospects for Resource Exploitation and Maritime Traffic / Kirsten Ullbæk Selvig UArctic - A Most Welcome Tool / Erling Olsen Sustainable Development in the Arctic: New Social Challenges and Responsibilities / Rasmus Ole Rasmussen Managing Towards Sustainability in the Arctic: Some Practical Considerations / Brooks B. Yeager The Environmental and Research Challenges in the Arctic / Reinhard Priebe Towards a Canadian Arctic Strategy / Franklyn Griffiths The Changing Arctic: New Perspectives for the Use of Resources and Transport Routes / Baron Rüdiger von Fritsch An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law / Peter Taksøe-Jensen The Legal Regime of the Arctic Ocean / Thomas H. Heidar An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law - A Danish Perspective / Thomas Winkler Strategie and Environmental Impact Assessment in Promoting Sustainable Development in the Changing Arctic / Paula Kankaanpää Research for the Future of the Arctic / Karin Lochte Integrated Arctic Ocean Governance for the Lasting Benefit of All Humanity / Paul Arthur Berkman Resource Exploitation and Navigation in a Changing Arctic / Louwrens Hacquebord Developing International Law Teachings for Preventing Inter-State Disaccords in the Arctic Ocean / Alexander L. Vylegzhanin The Call for Good Governance in the Arctic Ocean - the Legal Framework and the Development of Policies to Meet Rising Challenges and Emerging Opportunities / Rolf Einar Fife International Law and Scientific Research in the Arctic - the Role of Science in Law and the Role of Law in Science / Marie Jacobsson The Challenge of Climate Security in the Arctic Region / Dennis Tänzler Chairman's Conclusions / Georg Witschel Current Endeavors with Respect to the Arctic Ocean: New Challenges for International Law and Politics / Georg Witschel/Ingo Winkelmann Annex Conference Programme List of Participants List of Abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92469
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 68 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English , French
    Note: Content Foreword Preface 1 – The PERMAFrance network 1.1 – Objectives 1.2 – Structure and partners 1.3 – Monitoring sites 2 – Permafrost in the French mountains 2.1 – Distribution of permafrost in France 2.2 – Monitoring sites 3 – Weather and climate 3.1 – Climatic trends of the last 4 decades 3.2 – Annual weather summary 2002-2009 3.3 – Summary of nivo-meteorological conditions 4 – Surface temperature on surficial deposits 4.1 – BTS datasets 4.2 – GST datasets 5 – Geodetic measurements and surface dynamics of rock glaciers 5.1 – GPS & total station 5.2 – LIDAR 6 – Rockfalls and evolution of rockfaces 6.1 – LiDAR datasets for rockwalls in the Mont Blanc massif 6.2 – Rockfall inventories in the Mont Blanc massif 7 – References / Bibliographie , In englischer und französischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI G1-14-0041
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 442 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: first published
    ISBN: 9780521696715 , 978-0-521-69671-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - PART 1 INTRODUCTION. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Humans and the coastal zone. - 1.2 Approaches to the study of coasts. - 1.3 Information sources. - 1.4 Approach and organisation. - References. - 2. Coastal geomorphology. - 2.1 Definition and scope of coastal geomorphology. - 2.2 The coastal zone: definition and nomenclature. - 2.3 Factors influencing coastal morphology and processes. - References. - PART 2 COASTAL PROCESSES. - 3. Sea level fluctuations and changes. - 3.1 Synopsis. - 3.2 Mean sea level, the geoid, and changes in mean sea level. - 3.3 Changes in mean sea level. - 3.4 Astronomical tides. - 3.5 Short-term dynamic changes in sea level. - 3.6 Climate change and sea level rise. - References. - 4. Wind-generated waves. - 4.1 Synopsis. - 4.2 Definition and characteristics of waves. - 4.3 Measurement and description of waves. - 4.4 Wave generation. - 4.5 Wave prediction. - 4.6 Wave climate. - Further reading. - Preferences. - 5. Waves - wave theory and wave dynamics. - 5.1 Synopsis. - 5.2 Wave theories. - 5.3 Wave shoaling and refraction. - 5.4 Wave breaking. - 5.5 Wave groups and low-frequency energy in the surf and swash zones. - Further reading. - References. - 6. Surf zone circulation. - 6.1 Synopsis. - 6.2 Undertow. - 6.3 Rip cells. - 6.4 Longshore currents. - 6.5 Wind and tidal currents. - Further reading. - References. - 7. Coastal sediment transport. - 7.1 Synopsis. - 7.2 Sediment transport mechanisms, boundary layers and bedforms. - 7.3 On-offshore sand transport. - 7.4 Longshore sand transport. - 7.5 Littoral sediment budget and littoral drift cells. - Further reading. - References. - PART 3 COASTAL SYSTEMS. - 8. Beach and nearshore systems. - 8.1 Synopsis. - 8.2 Beach and nearshore sediments and morphology. - 8.3 Nearshore morphodynamics. - 8.4 Beach morphodynamics. - References. - 9. Coastal sand dunes. - 9.1 Synopsis. - 9.2 Morphological components of coastal dunes and dune fields. - 9.3 Plant communities of coastal dunes. - 9.4 Aeolian processes in coastal dunes. - 9.5 Sand deposition. - 9.6 Beach / dune interaction and foredune evolution. - 9.7 Management of coastal dunes. - References. - 10. Barrier systems. - 10.1 Synopsis. - 10.2 Barrier types and morphology. - 10.3 Barrier dynamics: overwash and inlets. - 10.4 Barrier spit morphodynamics. - 10.5 Barrier islands. - 10.6 Management of barrier systems. - References. - 11. Salt marshes and mangroves. - 11.1 Synopsis. - 11.2 Saltmarsh and mangrove ecosystems. - 11.3 Salt marshes. - 11.4 Mangroves. - 11.5 Conservation and management of saltmarshes and mangroves. - Further reading. - References. - 12. Coral reefs and atolls. - 12.1 Synopsis. - 12.2 Corals and reef formation. - 12.3 Geomorphology and sedimentology of coral reefs. - 12.4 Impacts of disturbance on coral reefs. - Further reading. - References. - 13. Cliffed and rocky coasts. - 13.1 Synopsis. - 13.2 Cliffed coast morphology. - 13.3 Cliffed coast erosion system. - 13.4 Cohesive bluff coasts. - 13.5 Rock coasts. - 13.6 Shore platforms. - 13.7 Management of coastal cliff shorelines. - Further reading. - References. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-994(2008/2007)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2008/2009
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 256 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung 2008/2009
    Language: German , English
    Note: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Methanemission aus dem Permafrost im Lena-Delta = Methane emission from permafrost in the Lena River Delta / Torsten Sachs, Julia Boike Neue Biomarker belegen Schwankungen der arktischen Meereisbedeckung während der letzten 30.000 Jahre = New biomarkers reveal fluctuations in Arctic sea ice cover during the past 30,000 years / Juliane Müller, Rüdiger Stein Die Stabilität des Westantarktischen Eisschildes – Ergebnisse der ANDRILL Tiefbohrungen = The stability of the West Antarctic ice sheet – results of ANDRILL deep drilling operations / Gerhard Kuhn, Frank Niessen Meeresalgen global - detaillierter Blick aus dem All = Detailed view from space – marine algae globally observed / Astrid Bracher, Tilman Dinter, Ilka Peeken, Bettina Schmitt Was verrät der Jahreszyklus über die Klimaentwicklung der letzten Millionen Jahre? = What does the annual cycle tell us about climate change in the last millions of years? / Thomas Laepple, Gerrit Lohmann Der Puls der Atmosphäre: Dekadisches Auf und Ab / The pulse of the tmosphere: The decadal Ups and Downs / Dörthe Handorf, Klaus Dethloff, Sascha Brand, Matthias Läuter Das Eisendüngungsexperiment LOHAFEX = The Iron Fertilization Experiment LOHAFEX / Philipp Assmy, Christine Klaas, Victor Smetacek, Dieter Wolf-Gladrow Ein nützliches genetisches Erbe - Wie alte Gene das Überleben in neuen Lebensräumen ermöglichen = A convenient genetic heritage - How ancestral genes help to survive in new habitats / Doris Abele, Ellen Weihe, Magnus Lucassen, Christoph Held, Kevin Pöhlmann Verursacher von Muschelvergiftungen identifiziert = Cause of Shellfish Poisoning Identified / Urban Tillmann, Malte Elbrächter, Bernd Krock, Uwe John, Allan Cembella Mikrobielle Stoffumsätze im Klimawandel = Climate change and the microbial cycling of organic matter / Anja Engel, Judith Piontek, Mascha Wurst, Nicole Händel, Mirko Lunau, Corinna Borchard 3. Forschung = Research PACES 3.1 TOPIC 1: The changing Arctic and Antarctic 3.2 TOPIC 2: Coastal change 3.3 TOPIC 3: Lehrstunden aus der Erdgeschichte = Lessons from the past 3.4 TOPIC 4: Das Erdsystem aus polarer Perspektive = The Earth System from a Polar Perspective 4. Helmholtz-Nachwuchsgruppen = Helmholtz Young Investigator Groups 5. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the scientific divisions 6. Tiefseeökologie und -technologie (HGF-MPG) = Deep-sea ecology and technology (HGF-MPG) 7. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 8. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 9. Wissenschaftliches Rechenzentrum = Scientific data processing centre 10. Bibliothek = Library 11. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 12. Kommunikation und Medien = Communications and Media 13. Schulprojekt = School project 14. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 15. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex , In deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-11-0010
    Description / Table of Contents: This much revised and expanded edition provides a valuable and detailed summary of the many uses of diatoms in a wide range of applications in the environmental and earth sciences. Particular emphasis is placed on the use of diatoms in analyzing ecological problems related to climate change, acidification, eutrophication, and other pollution issues. The chapters are divided into sections for easy reference, with separate sections covering indicators in different aquatic environments. A final section explores diatom use in other fields of study such as forensics, oil and gas exploration, nanotechnology, and archeology. Sixteen new chapters have been added since the first edition including introductory chapters on diatom biology and the numerical approaches used by diatomists. The extensive glossary has also been expanded and now includes over 1000 detailed entries, which will help non-specialists to use the book effectively
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 667 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780521509961 , 0-521-50996-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of Contributors. - Preface. - Part I. Introduction: 1. Applications and uses of diatoms: prologue ; 2. The diatoms: a primer ; 3. Numerical methods for the analysis of diatom assemblage data ; Part II. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in flowing waters and lakes: 4. Assessing environmental conditions in rivers and streams with diatoms ; 5. Diatoms as indicators of long-term environmental change in rivers, fluvial lakes and impoundments ; 6. Diatoms as indicators of surface-water acidity ; 7. Diatoms as indicators of lake eutrophication ; 8. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in shallow lakes ; 9. Diatoms as indicators of water-level change in freshwater lakes ; 10. Diatoms as indicators of hydrologic and climatic change in saline lakes ; 11. Diatoms in ancient lakes ; Part III. Diatoms as Indicators in Arctic, Antarctic and alpine lacustrine environments: 12. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in subarctic and alpine regions ; 13. Freshwater diatoms as indicators of environmental change in the High Arctic ; 14. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in Antarctic and subantarctic freshwaters ; Part IV. Diatoms as indicators in marine and estuarine environments: 15. Diatoms and environmental change in large brackish-water ecosystems ; 16. Applied diatom studies in estuaries and shallow coastal environments ; 17. Estuarine paleoenvironmental reconstructions using diatoms ; 18. Diatoms on coral reefs and in tropical marine lakes ; 19. Diatoms as indicators of former sea levels, earthquakes, tsunamis and hurricanes ; 20. Marine diatoms as indicators of modern changes in oceanographic conditions ; 21. Holocene marine diatom records of environmental change ; 22. Diatoms as indicators of paleoceanographic events ; 23. Reconsidering the meaning of biogenic silica accumulation rates in the glacial Southern Ocean ; Part V. Other applications: 24. Diatoms of aerial habitats ; 25. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in wetlands and peatlands ; 26. Tracking fish, seabirds, and wildlife population dynamics with diatoms and other limnological indicators ; 27. Diatoms and archaeology ; 28. Diatoms in oil and gas exploration ; 29. Forensic science and diatoms ; 30. Toxic marine diatoms ; 31. Diatoms as markers of atmospheric transport ; 32. Diatoms as nonnative species ; 33. Diatomite ; 34. Stable isotopes from diatom silica ; 35. Diatoms and nanotechnology: early history and imagined future as seen through patents ; Part IV. Conclusions: 36. Epilogue: a view to the future ; Glossary, acronyms, and abbreviations ; Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press
    Call number: AWI G6-12-0047
    Description / Table of Contents: The Global Carbon Cycle is a short introduction to this essential geochemical driver of the earth's climate system, written by one of the world's leading climate-science experts. In this one-of-a-kind primer, David Archer engages readers in clear and simple terms about the many ways the global carbon cycle is woven into our climate system. He begins with a concise overview of the subject, and then looks at the carbon cycle on three different time scales, describing how the cycle interacts with climate in very distinct ways in each. On million-year time scales, feedbacks in the carbon cycle stabilize earth's climate and oxygen concentrations. Archer explains how on hundred-thousand-year glacial / interglacial time scales, the carbon cycle in the ocean amplifies climate change, and how, on the human time scale of decades, the carbon cycle has been dampening climate change by absorbing fossil-fuel carbon dioxide into the oceans and land biosphere. A central question of the book is whether the carbon cycle could once again act to amplify climate change in centuries to come, for example through melting permafrost peatlands and methane hydrates. The Global Carbon Cycle features a glossary of terms, suggestions for further reading, and explanations of equations, as well as a forward-looking discussion of open questions about the global carbon cycle.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 205 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780691144146
    Series Statement: Princeton Primers in climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Carbon on earth. - 2 The stable geologic carbon cycle. - 3 The unstable ice age carbon cycle. - 4 The present and future carboncycle - stable or unstable?. - 5 Methane.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: AWI A14-10-0012
    Description / Table of Contents: Demonstrating the breadth and depth of growth in the field since the publication of the popular first edition, Image Analysis, Classification and Change Detection in Remote Sensing, with Algorithms for ENVI/IDL, Second Edition has been updated and expanded to keep pace with the latest versions of the ENVI software environment. Effectively interweaving theory, algorithms, and computer codes, the text supplies an accessible introduction to the techniques used in the processing of remotely sensed imagery.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 441Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-1-4200-8713-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface to the First Edition 1. Images, Arrays, and Matrices 1.1 Multispectral Satellite Images 1.2 Algebra of Vectors and Matrices 1.2.1 Elementary Properties 1.2.2 Square Matrices 1.2.3 Singular Matrices 1.2.4 Symmetric, Positive Definite Matrices 1.2.5 Linear Dependence and Vector Spaces 1.3 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 1.4 Singular Value Decomposition 1.5 Vector Derivatives 1.6 Finding Minima and Maxima 1.7 Exercises 2. Image Statistics 2.1 Random Variables 2.1.1 Discrete Random Variables 2.1.2 Continuous Random Variables 2.1.3 Normal Distribution 2.2 Random Vectors 2.3 Parameter Estimation 2.3.1 Sampling a Distribution 2.3.2 Interval Estimation 2.3.3 Provisional Means 2.4 Hypothesis Testing and Sample Distribution Functions 2.4.1 Chi-Square Distribution 2.4.2 Student-t Distribution 2.4.3 F-Distribution 2.5 Conditional Probabilities, Bayes' Theorem, and Classification 2.6 Ordinary Linear Regression 2.6.1 One Independent Variable 2.6.2 More Than One Independent Variable 2.6.3 Regularization, Duality, and the Gram Matrix 2.7 Entropy and Information 2.7.1 Kullback-Leibler Divergence 2.7.2 Mutual Information 2.8 Exercises 3. Transformations 3.1 Discrete Fourier Transform 3.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform 3.2.1 Haar Wavelets 3.2.2 Image Compression 3.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis 3.2.3.1 Dilation Equation and Refinement Coefficients 3.2.3.2 Cascade Algorithm 3.2.3.3 Mother Wavelet 3.2.3.4 Daubechies D4 Scaling Function 3.3 Principal Components 3.3.1 Primal Solution 3.3.2 Dual Solution 3.4 Minimum Noise Fraction 3.4.1 Additive Noise 3.4.2 Minimum Noise Fraction Transformation in ENVI 3.5 Spatial Correlation 3.5.1 Maximum Autocorrelation Factor 3.5.2 Noise Estimation 3.6 Exercises 4. Filters, Kernels, and Fields 4.1 Convolution Theorem 4.2 Linear Filters 4.3 Wavelets and Filter Banks 4.3.1 One-Dimensional Arrays 4.3.2 Two-Dimensional Arrays 4.4 Kernel Methods 4.4.1 Valid Kernels 4.4.2 Kernel PCA 4.5 Gibbs-Markov Random Fields 4.6 Exercises 5. Image Enhancement and Correction 5.1 Lookup Tables and Histogram Functions 5.2 Filtering and Feature Extraction 5.2.1 Edge Detection 5.2.2 Invariant Moments 5.3 Panchromatic Sharpening 5.3.1 HSV Fusion 5.3.2 Brovey Fusion 5.3.3 PCA Fusion 5.3.4 DWT Fusion 5.3.5 A Trous Fusion 5.3.6 Quality Index 5.4 Topographic Correction 5.4.1 Rotation, Scaling, and Translation 5.4.2 Imaging Transformations 5.4.3 Camera Models and RFM Approximations 5.4.4 Stereo Imaging and Digital Elevation Models 5.4.5 Slope and Aspect 5.4.6 Illumination Correction 5.5 Image-Image Registration 5.5.1 Frequency-Domain Registration 5.5.2 Feature Matching 5.5.2.1 High-Pass Filtering 5.5.2.2 Closed Contours 5.5.2.3 Chain Codes and Moments 5.5.2.4 Contour Matching 5.5.2.5 Consistency Check 5.5.2.6 Implementation in IDL 5.5.3 Resampling and Warping 5.6 Exercises 6. Supervised Classification: Part 1 6.1 Maximum a Posteriori Probability 6.2 Training Data and Separability 6.3 Maximum Likelihood Classification 6.3.1 ENVI's Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.3.2 Modified Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.4 Gaussian Kernel Classification 6.5 Neural Networks 6.5.1 Neural Network Classifier 6.5.2 Cost Functions 6.5.3 Backpropagation 6.5.4 Overfitting and Generalization 6.6 Support Vector Machines 6.6.1 Linearly Separable Classes 6.6.1.1 Primal Formulation 6.6.1.2 Dual Formulation 6.6.1.3 Quadratic Programming and Support Vectors 6.6.2 Overlapping Classes 6.6.3 Solution with Sequential Minimal Optimization 6.6.4 Multiclass SVMs 6.6.5 Kernel Substitution 6.6.6 Modified SVM Classifier 6.7 Exercises 7. Supervised Classification: Part 2 7.1 Postprocessing 7.1.1 Majority Filtering 7.1.2 Probabilistic Label Relaxation 7.2 Evaluation and Comparison of Classification Accuracy 7.2.1 Accuracy Assessment 7.2.2 Model Comparison 7.3 Adaptive Boosting 7.4 Hyperspectral Analysis 7.4.1 Spectral Mixture Modeling 7.4.2 Unconstrained Linear Unmixing 7.4.3 Intrinsic End-Members and Pixel Purity 7.5 Exercises 8. Unsupervised Classification 8.1 Simple Cost Functions 8.2 Algorithms That Minimize the Simple Cost Functions 8.2.1 K-Means Clustering 8.2.2 Kernel K-Means Clustering 8.2.3 Extended K-Means Clustering 8.2.4 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering 8.2.5 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering 8.3 Gaussian Mixture Clustering 8.3.1 Expectation Maximization 8.3.2 Simulated Annealing 8.3.3 Partition Density 8.3.4 Implementation Notes 8.4 Including Spatial Information 8.4.1 Multiresolution Clustering 8.4.2 Spatial Clustering 8.5 Benchmark 8.6 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map 8.7 Image Segmentation 8.7.1 Segmenting a Classified Image 8.7.2 Object-Based Classification 8.7.3 Mean Shift 8.8 Exercises 9. Change Detection 9.1 Algebraic Methods 9.2 Postclassification Comparison 9.3 Principal Components Analysis 9.3.1 Iterated PCA 9.3.2 Kernel PCA 9.4 Multivariate Alteration Detection 9.4.1 Canonical Correlation Analysis 9.4.2 Orthogonality Properties 9.4.3 Scale Invariance 9.4.4 Iteratively Reweighted MAD 9.4.5 Correlation with the Original Observations 9.4.6 Regularization 9.4.7 Postprocessing 9.5 Decision Thresholds and Unsupervised Classification of Changes 9.6 Radiometrie Normalization 9.7 Exercises Appendix A: Mathematical Tools A.l Cholesky Decomposition A.2 Vector and Inner Product Spaces A.3 Least Squares Procedures A.3.1 Recursive Linear Regression A.3.2 Orthogonal Linear Regression Appendix B: Efficient Neural Network Training Algorithms B.1 Hessian Matrix B.1.1 R-Operator B.1.1.1 Determination of Rv{n} B.1.1.2 Determination of Rv{δo} B.1.1.3 Determination of Rv{δh} B.1.2 Calculating the Hessian B.2 Scaled Conjugate Gradient Training B.2.1 Conjugate Directions B.2.2 Minimizing a Quadratic Function B.2.3 Algorithm B.3 Kaiman Filter Training B.3.1 Linearization B.3.2 Algorithm B.4 A Neural Network Classifier with Hybrid Training Appendix C: ENVI Extensions in IDL C.1 Installation C.2 Extensions C.2.1 Kernel Principal Components Analysis C.2.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.3 A Trous Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.4 Quality Index C.2.5 Calculating Heights of Man-Made Structures in High-Resolution Imagery C.2.6 Illumination Correction C.2.7 Image Registration C.2.8 Maximum Likelihood Classification C.2.9 Gaussian Kernel Classification C.2.10 Neural Network Classification C.2.11 Support Vector Machine Classification C.2.12 Probabilistic Label Relaxation C.2.13 Classifier Evaluation and Comparison C.2.14 Adaptive Boosting a Neural Network Classifier C.2.15 Kernel K-Means Clustering C.2.16 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering C.2.17 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering C.2.18 Gaussian Mixture Clustering C.2.19 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map C.2.20 Classified Image Segmentation C.2.21 Mean Shift Segmentation C.2.22 Multivariate Alteration Detection C.2.23 Viewing Changes C.2.24 Radiometric Normalization Appendix D: Mathematical Notation References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Pr.
    Call number: AWI G6-10-0141
    Description / Table of Contents: The first comprehensive, state-of-the-art introduction to the fast-evolving topic of in-situ produced cosmogenic nuclides, for graduate students and practitioners.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 187 S. : Ill.
    Edition: 1 ed.
    ISBN: 9780521873802 , 0-521-87380-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Cosmic rays. - 1.1 Origin and nature of cosmic rays. - 1.2 Interaction with magnetic fields. - 1.3 Interactions with the Earth's atmosphere. - 1.4 Interactions with the Earth's surface. - 1.5 Production of cosmogenic nuclides. - 1.6 Detection of cosmic rays. - 2 Cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.1 'Useful' cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.2 Stable cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.3 Cosmogenic radionuclides. - 2.4 Sample preparation. - 2.5 Analytical methods. - 3 Production rates and scaling factors. - 3.1 Deriving production rates. - 3.2 Scaling factors. - 3.3 Building scaling factors. - 4 Application of cosmogenic nuclldes to Earth surface sciences. - 4.1 Exposure dating. - 4.2 Burial dating. - 4.3 Erosion/denudation rates. - 4.4 Uplift rates. - 4.5 Soil dynamics. - 4.6 Dealing with uncertainty. - Appendix A: Sampling checklist. - Appendix B: Reporting of cosrnogenic-nudide data for exposure age and erosion rate determinations. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Washington, DC : United States Government Printing Office
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 90.0002(1386-F) ; AWI G7-11-0050
    In: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world, 1386-F
    In: Professional paper, 1386-F
    Description / Table of Contents: This chapter is the ninth to be released in U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1386, Satellite Image Atlas of Glaciers of the World, a series of 11 chapters. In each of the geographic area chapters, remotely sensed images, primarily from the Landsat 1, 2, and 3 series of spacecraft, are used to analyze the specific glacierized region of our planet under consideration and to monitor glacier changes. Landsat images, acquired primarily during the middle to late 1970s and early 1980s, were used by an international team of glaciologists and other scientists to study various geographic regions and (or) to discuss related glaciological topics. In each glacierized geographic region, the present areal distribution of glaciers is compared, wherever possible, with historical information about their past extent. The atlas provides an accurate regional inventory of the areal extent of glacier ice on our planet during the 1970s as part of a growing international scientific effort to measure global environmental change on the Earth's surface.The chapter is divided into seven geographic parts and one topical part: Glaciers of the Former Soviet Union (F-1), Glaciers of China (F-2), Glaciers of Afghanistan (F-3), Glaciers of Pakistan (F-4), Glaciers of India (F-5), Glaciers of Nepal (F-6), Glaciers of Bhutan (F-7), and the Paleoenvironmental Record Preserved in Middle-Latitude, High-Mountain Glaciers (F-8). Each geographic section describes the glacier extent during the 1970s and 1980s, the benchmark time period (1972-1981) of this volume, but has been updated to include more recent information.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VIII, F349 S. , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781411326095
    Series Statement: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world / ed. by Richard S. Williams ... F
    Classification:
    Regional Geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: F–1. GLACIERS OF THE FORMER SOVIET UNION / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, with contributions from A.M. DYAKOVA (Siberia), V.S. KORYAKIN (Russian Arctic Islands), V.I. KRAVTSOVA (Caucasus, Altay), G.B. OSIPOVA (Tien Shan), G.M. VARNAKOVA (Pamirs and Alai Range), V.N. VINOGRADOV (Kamchatka), O.N. VINOGRADOV (Caucasus), and N.M. ZVERKOVA (Ural Mountains and Taymyr Peninsula) Sections on FLUCTUATIONS OF GLACIERS OF THE CENTRAL CAUCASUS AND GORA EL’BRUS (With a subsection on THE GLACIOLOGICAL DISASTER IN NORTH OSETIYA / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, O.V. ROTOTAEVA, and G.A. NOSENKO INVESTIGATIONS OF THE FLUCTUATIONS OF SURGE-TYPE GLACIERS IN THE PAMIRS BASED ON OBSERVATIONS FROM SPACE / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, G.B. OSIPOVA, and D.G. TSVETKOV THE GLACIOLOGY OF THE RUSSIAN HIGH ARCTIC FROM LANDSAT IMAGERY / J.A. DOWDESWELL, E.K. DOWDESWELL, M. WILLIAMS, and A.F. GLAZOVSKII F–2. GLACIERS OF CHINA / SHI YAFENG, MI DESHENG, YAO TANDONG, ZENG QUNZHU, and LIU CHAOHAI F–3 GLACIERS OF AFGHANISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–4 GLACIERS OF PAKISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–5 GLACIERS OF INDIA / CHANDER P. VOHRA Updated supplement on A STUDY OF SELECTED GLACIERS UNDER THE CHANGING CLIMATE REGIME / SYED IQBAL HASNAIN, RAJESH KUMAR , SAFARAZ AHMAD, and SHRESTH TAYAL F–6 GLACIERS OF NEPAL — GLACIER DISTRIBUTION IN THE NEPAL HIMALAYA WITH COMPARISON TO THE KARAKORAM RANGE / KEIJI HIGUCHI, OKITSUGU WATANABE, HIROJI FUSHIMI, SHUHEI TAKENAKA, and AKIO NAGOSHI, Supplement by YUTAKA AGETA F–7 GLACIERS OF BHUTAN / SHUJI IWATA F–8 THE PALEOENVIRONMENTAL RECORD PRESERVED IN MIDDLE-LATITUDE, HIGH-MOUNTAIN GLACIERS: AN OVERVIEW OF U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESEARCH IN CENTRAL ASIA AND THE UNITED STATES / L. DeWAYNE CECIL, DAVID L. NAFTZ, PAUL F. SCHUSTER , DAVID D. SUSONG, and JAROMY R . GREEN
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-125-2009
    In: Antarctic Automatic Weather Station Data for the Calender Year ...
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 44 S. : graph. Darst.
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Borntraeger
    Call number: AWI A14-10-0064
    Description / Table of Contents: Measurement Methods in Atmospheric Sciences provides a comprehensive overview of in-situ and remote sensing measurement techniques for probing the Earth's atmosphere. The methods presented in this book span the entire range from classical meteorology via atmospheric chemistry and micrometeorological flux determination to Earth observation from space. Standard instruments for meteorological and air quality monitoring methods, as well as specialized instrumentation predominantly used in scientific experiments, are covered. The presented techniques run from simple mechanical sensors to highly sophisticated electronic devices. Special emphasis is placed on the rapidly evolving field of remote sensing techniques. Here, active ground-based remote sending techniques such as SODAR and LIDAR find a detailed coverage. The book conveys the basic principles of the various observational and monitoring methods, enabling the user to identify the most appropriate method. An introductory chapter covers general principles (e.g. inversion of measured data, available platforms, statistical properties of data, data acquisition). Later chapters each treat methods for measuring a specific property (e.g. humidity, wind speed, wind direction). Long chapters provide an introductory tabular list of the methods treated. More than 100 figures and 400 references, mostly to the recent scientific literature, aid the reader in reading up on the details of the various methods at hand. Recommendations at the end of each major chapter provide additional hints on the use of some instruments in order to facilitate the selection of the proper instrument for a successful measurement. A large number of national and international standards, providing precise guidelines for measuring and acquiring reliable, reproducible and comparable data sets are listed in the appendix. A dedicated index allows easy access to this valuable information. The book is of interest to undergraduate and graduate students in meteorology, physical geography, ecology, environmental sciences and related disciplines as well as to scientists in the process of planning atmospheric measurements in field campaigns or working with data already acquired. Practitioners in environmental agencies and similar institutions will benefit from instrument descriptions and the extended lists in the appendix.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 257 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783443010669 , 3-443-01066-0
    Series Statement: Quantifying the environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface 1 Introduction 1.1 The necessity for measurements 1.2 Definition of a measurement 1.3 Historical aspects 2 Measurement basics 2.1 Overview of methods 2.1.1 Direct and indirect methods 2.1.2 In-situ and remote sensing methods 2.1.3 Instantaneous and integrating methods 2.1.4 On-line and off-line methods, post-processing 2.1.5 Flux measurements 2.2 Main measurement principles 2.3 Measurements by inversion 2.3.1 Inversion with one variable 2.3.2 Inversion with more than one variable 2.3.3 Well-posed and ill-posed problems 2.4 Measurement instruments 2.4.1 Active and passive instruments 2.4.2 Analogue and digital instruments 2.5 Measurement platforms 2.6 Measurement variables 2.7 General characteristics of measured data 2.8 Data logging 2.9 Quality assurance/quality control 3 In-situ measurements of state variables 3.1 Thermometers 3.1.1 Liquid-in-glass thermometers 3.1.2 Bimetal thermometers 3.1.3 Resistance thermometers, thermistors 3.1.4 Thermocouples, thermopiles 3.1.5 Sonic thermometry 3.1.6 Measurement of infrared radiation 3.1.7 Soil thermometer 3.1.8 Recommendations for temperature measurements 3.2 Measuring moisture 3.2.1 Hygrometer 3.2.2 Psychrometers 3.2.3 Dewpoint determination 3.2.4 Capacitive methods 3.2.5 Recommendations for humidity measurements 3.3 Pressure sensors 3.3.1 Barometers 3.3.2 Hypsometers 3.3.3 Electronic barometers 3.3.4 Microbarometer 3.3.5 Pressure balance 3.3.6 Recommendations for pressure measurements 3.4 Wind measurements 3.4.1 Estimation from visual observations 3.4.2 Wind direction 3.4.3 Cup anemometer 3.4.4 Pressure tube 3.4.5 Hot wire anemometer 3.4.6 Ultrasonic anemometer 3.4.7 Propeller anemometer 3.4.8 Recommendations for wind measurements 4 In-situ methods for observing liquid water and ice 4.1 Precipitation 4.1.1 Rain sensors (Present Weather Sensors) 4.1.2 Rain gauges (totalisators) 4.1.3 Pluviographs 4.1.4 Disdrometer 4.1.5 Special instruments for snow 4.1.6 Recommendations for precipitation measurements 4.2 Soil moisture 4.2.1 Gravimetric methods 4.2.2 Neutron probes 4.2.3 Time domain reflectrometry (TDR) 4.2.4 Tensiometers 4.2.5 Resistance block tensiometer 4.2.6 Recommendations for soil moisture measurements 5 In-situ measurement of trace substances 5.1 Measurement of trace gases 5.1.1 Physical methods 5.1.2 Chemical methods 5.1.3 Recommendations for the measurement of trace gases 5.2 Particle measurements 5.2.1 Determination of the particle mass 5.2.2 Measuring particle size distributions 5.2.3 Measurement of the chemical composition of particles 5.2.4 Measuring the particle structure 5.2.5 Saltiphon 5.2.6 Recommendations for particle measurements 5.3 Olfactometry 5.4 Radioactivity 5.4.1 Counter tubes 5.4.2 Scintillation counters 5.4.3 Recommendations for radioactivity monitoring 6 In-situ flux measurements 6.1 Measuring radiation 6.1.1 Measuring direct solar radiation 6.1.2 Measuring shortwave irradiance 6.1.3 Measuring longwave irradiance 6.1.4 Measuring the total irradiance 6.1.5 Measuring chill 6.1.6 Sunshine recorder 6.1.7 Recommendations for radiation measurements 6.2 Visual range 6.3 Micrometeorological flux measurements 6.3.1 Cuvettes 6.3.2 Surface chambers 6.3.3 Mass balance method 6.3.4 Inferential method 6.3.5 Gradient method 6.3.6 Bowen-ratio method 6.3.7 Flux variance method 6.3.8 Dissipation method 6.3.9 Eddy covariance method 6.3.10 Eddy accumulation methods 6.3.11 Disjunct eddy covariance method 6.3.12 Recommendations for the measurement of turbulent fluxes 6.4 Evaporation Atmometers 6.4.2 Lysimeters 6.4.3 Evaporation pans and tanks 6.4.4 Recommendations for evaporation measurements 6.5 Soil heat flux 6.6 Inverse emission flux modelling 7 Remote sensing methods 7.1 Basics of remote sensing 7.2 Active sounding methods 7.2.1 RADAR 7.2.2 Windprofilers 7.2.3 SODAR 7.2.4 RASS 7.2.5 LIDAR 7.2.6 Further LIDAR techniques 7.3 Active path-averaging methods 7.3.1 Scintillometers 7.3.2 FTIR 7.3.3 DOAS 7.3.4 Quantum cascade laser 7.4 Passive methods 7.4.1 Radiometers 7.4.2 Photometers 7.4.3 Infrared-Interferometer 7.5 Tomography 7.5.1 Simultaneous Iterative Reconstruction Technique 7.5.2 Algebraic Reconstruction Technique (ART) 7.5.3 Smooth Basis Function Minimization (SBFM) 8 Remote sensing of atmospheric state variables 8.1 Temperature 8.1.1 Near-surface temperatures 8.1.2 Temperature profiles 8.2 Gaseous humidity 8.2.1 Integral water vapour content 8.2.2 Vertical profiles 8.2.3 Large-scale humidity distribution 8.3 Wind and turbulence 8.3.1 Small-scale near-surface turbulence 8.3.2 Horizontal wind fields 8.3.3 Vertical wind profiles 8.3.4 Turbulence profiles 8.3.5 Cloud winds 8.3.6 Ionospheric winds 8.4 Mixing-layer heights 8.4.1 LIDAR 8.4.2 SODAR 8.5 Turbulent fluxes 8.6 Ionospheric electron densities 8.7 Recommendations for remote sensing of state variables 9 Remote sensing of water and ice 9.1 Precipitation 9.1.1 RADAR 9.1.2 Precipitation measurements from satellites 9.2 Clouds 9.2.1 Cloud base 9.2.2 Cloud cover 9.2.3 Cloud movement 9.2.4 Water content 9.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of liquid water and ice 10 Remote sensing of trace substances 10.1 Trace gases 10.1.1 Horizontal path-averaging methods 10.1.2 Vertical column densities 10.1.3 Sounding methods 10.2 Aerosols 10.2.1 Aerosol optical depths (AOD) 10.2.2 Sounding methods 10.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of trace substances 11 Remote sensing of surface properties 11.1 Properties of the solid surface 11.1.1 Surface roughness 11.1.2 Land surface temperature 11.1.3 Soil moisture 11.1.4 Vegetation 11.1.5 Snow and ice 11.1.6 Fires 11.2 Properties of the ocean surface 11.2.1 Altitudes of the sea surface 11.2.2 Wave heights 11.2.3 Sea surface temperature 11.2.4 Salinity 11.2.5 Ocean currents 11.2.6 Ice cover, size of ice floes 11.2.7 Algae and suspended sediment concentrations 12 Remote sensing of electrical phenomena 12.1 Spherics 12.1.1 Directional analyses 12.1.2 Distance analyses 12.2 Optical lightning detection 13 Outlook on new developments Literature Subject index Appendix: Technical guidelines and standards Index to the Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : Hodder Education
    Call number: AWI G7-11-0061
    Description / Table of Contents: Glaciers & Glaciation is the classic textbook for all students of glaciation. Stimulating and accessible, it has established a reputation as a comprehensive and essential resource. In this new edition, the text, references and illustrations have been thoroughly updated to provide a state-of-the-art overview of the nature, origin and behaviour of glaciers and the geological and geomorphological evidence for their past history on earth. The first part of the book investigates the processes involved in forming glacier ice, the natureof glacier-climate relationships, the mechanisms of glacier flow and the interactions of glaciers with other natural systems such as rivers, lakes and oceans. In the second part, the emphasis moves to landforms and sediment, the interpretation of the earth's glacial legacy and the reconstruction of glacial depositional environments and palaeoglaciology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 802 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780340905791
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS PART ONE GLACIERS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Glacier systems 1.1.1 Mass balance 1.1.2 Meltwater 1.1.3 Glacier motion 1.1.4 Glaciers and sea-level change 1.1.5 Erosion and debris transport 1.1.6 Glacial sediments, landforms and landscapes 1.2 Glacier morphology 1.2.1 Ice sheets and ice caps 1.2.2 Glaciers constrained by topography 1.2.3 Ice shelves 1.3 Present distribution of glaciers 1.3.1 Influence of latitude and altitude 1.3.2 Influence of aspect, relief and distance from a moisture source 1.4 Past distribution of glaciers 1.4.1 'Icehouse' and 'greenhouse' worlds 1.4.2 Cenozoic glaciation 2 SNOW, ICE AND CLIMATE 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Surface energy balance 2.2.1 Changes of state and temperature 2.2.2 Shortwave radiation 2.2.3 Longwave radiation 2.2.4 Sensible and latent heat: turbulent fluxes 2.2.5 Energy supplied by rain 2.2.6 Why is glacier ice blue? 2.3 Ice temperature 2.3.1 The melting point of ice 2.3.2 Controls on ice temperature 2.3.3 Thermal structure of glaciers and ice sheets 2.4 Processes of accumulation and ablation 2.4.1 Snow and ice accumulation 2.4.2 Transformation of snow to ice 2.4.3 Melting of snow and ice 2.4.4 Sublimation and evaporation 2.4.5 The influence of debris cover 2.5 Mass balance 2.5.1 Definitions 2.5.2 Measurement of mass balance 2.5.3 Annual mass balance cycles 2.5.4 Mass balance gradients 2.5.5 The equilibrium line 2.5.6 Glaciation levels or glaciation thresholds 2.5.7 Glacier sensitivity to climate change 2.6 Glacier-climate interactions 2.6.1 Effects of glaciers and ice sheets on the atmosphere 2.7 Ice cores 2.7.1 Ice coring programmes 2.7.2 Stable isotopes 2.7.3 Ancient atmospheres: the gas content of glacier ice 2.7.4 Solutes and particulates 3 GLACIER HYDROLOGY 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Basic concepts 3.2.1 Water sources and routing 3.2.2 Hydraulic potential 3.2.3 Resistance to flow 3.2.4 Channel wall processes: melting, freezing and ice deformation 3.3 Supraglacial and englacial drainage 3.3.1 Supraglacial water storage and drainage 3.3.2 Englacial drainage 3.4 Subglacial drainage 3.4.1 Subglacial channels 3.4.2 Water films 3.4.3 Linked cavity systems 3.4.4 Groundwater flow 3.4.5 Water at the ice-sediment interface 3.5 Glacial hydrological systems 3.5.1 Temperate glaciers 3.5.2 Polythermal glaciers 3.5.3 Modelling glacial hydrological systems 3.6 Proglacial runoff 3.6.1 Seasonal and shorter-term cycles 3.6.2 Runoff and climate change 3.7 Glacial lakes and outburst floods 3.7.1 Introduction 3.7.2 Moraine-dammed lakes 3.7.3 Ice-dammed lakes 3.7.4 Icelandic subglacial lakes 3.7.5 Estimating GLOF magnitudes 3.8 Life in glaciers 3.8.1 Supraglacial ecosystems 3.8.2 Subglacial ecosystems 3.9 Glacier hydrochemistry 3.9.1 Overview 3.9.2 Snow chemistry 3.9.3 Chemical weathering processes 3.9.4 Subglacial chemical weathering 3.9.5 Proglacial environments 3.9.6 Rates of chemical erosion 4 PROCESSES OF GLACIER MOTION 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Stress and strain 4.2.1 Stress 4.2.2 Strain 4.2.3 Rheology: stress-strain relationships 4.2.4 Force balance in glaciers 4.3 Deformation of ice 4.3.1 Glen's Flow Law 4.3.2 Crystal fabric, impurities and water content 4.3.3 Ice creep velocities 4.4 Sliding 4.4.1 Frozen beds 4.4.2 Sliding of wet-based ice 4.4.3 Glacier-bed friction 4.4.4 The role of water 4.5 Deformable beds 4.5.1 The Boulton-Hindmarsh model 4.5.2 Laboratory testing of subglacial tills 4.5.3 Direct observations of deformable glacier beds 4.5.4 Rheology of subglacial till 4.6 Rates of basal motion 4.6.1 'Sliding laws' 4.6.2 Local and non-local controls on ice velocity 4.7 Crevasses and other structures: strain made visible 4.7.1 Crevasses 4.7.2 Crevasse patterns 4.7.3 Layering, foliation and related structures 5 GLACIER DYNAMICS 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Understanding glacier dynamics 5.2.1 Balance velocities 5.2.2 Deviations from the balance velocity 5.2.3 Changes in ice thickness: continuity 5.2.4 Thermodynamics 5.3 Glacier models 5.3.1 Overview 5.3.2 Equilibrium glacier profiles 5.3.3 Time-evolving glacier models 5.4 Dynamics of valley glaciers 5.4.1 Intra-annual velocity variations 5.4.2 Multi-annual variations 5.5 Calving glaciers 5.5.1 Flow of calving glaciers 5.5.2 Calving processes 5.5.3 'Calving laws' 5.5.4 Advance and retreat of calving glaciers 5.6 Ice shelves 5.6.1 Mass balance of k e shelves 5.6.2 Flow of ice shelves 5.6.3 Ice shelf break-up 5.7 Glacier surges 5.7.1 Overview 5.7.2 Distribution of surging glaciers 5.7.3 Temperate glacier surges 5.7.4 Polythermal surging glaciers 5.7.5 Surge mechanisms 6 THE GREENLAND AND ANTARCTIC ICE SHEETS 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Greenland Ice Sheet 6.2.1 Overview 6.2.2 Climate and surface mass balance 6.2.3 Ice sheet flow 6.2.4 Ice streams and outlet glaciers 6.3 The Antarctic Ice Sheet 6.3.1 Overview 6.3.2 Climate and mass balance 6.3.3 Flow of inland ice 6.3.4 Ice streams 6.3.5 Hydrology and subglacial lakes 6.3.6 Ice stream stagnation and reactivation 6.3.7 Stability of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet 7 GLACIERS AND SEA LEVEL CHANGE 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Causes of sea-level change 7.2.1 Overview 7.2.2 Glacio-eustasy and global ice volume 7.2.3 Glacio-isostasy and ice sheet loading 7.3 Sea-level change over glacial-interglacial cycles 7.3.1 Ice sheet fluctuations and eustatic sea-level change 7.3.2 Sea-level histories in glaciated regions 7.4 Glaciers and recent sea-level change 7.4.1 Recorded sea-level change 7.4.2 Global glacier mass balance 7.5 Future sea-level change 7.5.1 IPCC climate and sea-level projections 7.5.2 Predicting the glacial contribution to sea-level change PART TWO GLACIATION 8 EROSIONAL PROCESSES, FORMS AND LANDSCAPES 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Subglacial erosion 8.2.1 Rock fracture: general principles 8.2.2 Abrasion 8.2,3 Quarrying 8.2.4 Erosion beneath cold ice 8.2.5 Erosion of soft beds 8.3 Small-scale erosional forms 8.3.1 Striae and polished surfaces 8.3.2 Rat tails 8.3.3 Chattermarks, gouges and fractures 8.3.4 P-forms 8.4 Intermediate-scale erosional forms 8.4.1 Roches moutonnees 8.4.2 Whalebacks and rock drumlins 8.4.3 Crag and tails 8.4.4 Channels 8.5 Large-scale erosional landforms 8.5.1 Rock basins and overdeepenings 8.5.2 Basins and overdeepenings in soft sediments 8.5.3 Troughs and fjords 8.5.4 Cirques 8.5.5 Strandflats 8.6 Landscapes of glacial erosion 8.6.1 Areal scouring 8.6.2 Selective linear erosion 8.6.3 Landscapes of little or no glacial erosion 8.6.4 Alpine landscapes 8.6.5 Cirque landscapes 8.6.6 Continent-scale patterns of erosion 9 DEBRIS ENTRAPMENT AND TRANSPORT 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Approaches to the study of glacial sediments 9.2.1 The glacial debris cascade 9.2.2 Spatial hierarchies of sediments and landforms 9.3 Glacial debris entrainment 9.3.1 Supraglacial debris entrainment 9.3.2 Incorporation of debris into basal ice 9.4 Debris transport and release 9.4.1 Subglacial transport 9.4.2 High-level debris transport 9.4.3 Glacifluvial transport 9.5 Effects of transport on debris 9.5.1 Granulometry 9.5.2 Clast morphology 9.5.3 Particle micromorphology 10 GLACIGENIC SEDIMENTS AND DEPOSITIONAL PROCESSES 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Sediment description and classification 10.2.1 Sediment description 10.2.2 Deformation structures 10.2.3 Primary and secondary deposits 10.3 Primary glacigenic deposits (till) 10.3.1 Overview 10.3.2 Processes of subglacial till formation 10.3.3 Glacitectonite 10.3.4 Subglacial traction till 10.4 Glacifluvial deposits 10.4.1 Terminology and classification of glacifluvial sediments 10.4.2 Plane bed deposits 10.4.3 Ripple cross-laminated facies 10.4.4 Dunes 10.4.5 Antidunes 10.4.6 Scour and minor channel fills 10.4.7 Gravel sheets 10.4.8 Silt and mud drapes 10.4.9 Hyperconcentrated flow deposits 10.5 Gravitational mass movement deposits and syn-sedimentary deformation structures 10.5.1 Overview 10.5.2 Fall deposits 10.5.3 Slide and slump deposits 10.5.4 Debris (sediment-gravity) flow deposits 10.5.5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: AWI G3-11-0007
    In: Advances in global change research, 40
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers a round-up of environmental changes in Siberia with a focus on the terrestrial biosphere but also discussing climate and atmosphere and the hydrolofical cycle. It concludes with a discussion of information system approaches that are being developed to safeguard and make accessible spatial and temporal data for environmental studies.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 282 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789048186402
    Series Statement: Advances in global change research 40
    Language: English
    Note: PART I: BIOSPHERE - 1. Forest disturbance assessment using satellite data of moderate and low resolution / M. A. Korets, V. A. Ryzhkova, A. I. Sukhinin, S. A. Bartalev and I. V. Danilova 2. Fire / climate interactions in Siberia / Heiko Balzter, Kevin Tansey, Jorg Kaduk, Charles George, France Gerard, Maria Cuevas Gonzalez, Anatoly Sukhinin and Evgeni Ponomarev 3. Long-term dynamics of mixed fir-aspen forests in West Sayan (Altai-Sayan Ecoregion) / D. M. Ismailova and D. I. Nazimova 4. Evidence of evergreen conifers invasion into larch dominated forests during recent decades / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 5. Potential climate-induced vegetation change in Siberia in the 21st century / N. M. Tchebakova , E. I. Parfenova, and A. J. Soja 6. Wildfire dynamics in mid-Siberian larch dominated forests / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 7. Dendroclimatological evidence of climate changes across Siberia / Vladimir V. Shishov, Eugene A. Vaganov 8. Siberian pine and larch response to climate warming in the southern Siberian mountain forest: tundra ecotone / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson, M. L. Dvinskaya and S. T. Im PART II: HYDROSPHERE 9. Remote sensing of spring snowmelt in Siberia / A. Bartsch, W. Wagner and R. Kidd 10. Response of river runoff in the cryolithic zone of Eastern Siberia (Lena River Basin) to future climate warming / A. G. Georgiadi, I. P. Milyukova and E. A. Kashutina PART III: ATMOSPHERE 11. Investigating regional scale processes using remotely sensed atmospheric CO2 column concentrations from SCIAMACHY / M. P. Barkley, A. J. Hewitt and P. S. Monks 12. Climatic and geographic patterns of spatial distribution of precipitation in Siberia / A. Onuchin and T. Burenina PART IV: INFORMATION SYSTEMS 13. Interoperability, data discovery and access: the e-Infrastructures for Earth Sciences resources / Stefano Nativi, Christiana Schmullius, Lorenzo Bigagli and Roman Gerlach 14. Development of a web based information-computational infrastructure for the Siberia Integrated Regional Study / E. P. Gordov, A. Z. Fazliev, V. N. Lykosov, I. G. Okladnikov and A. G. Titov 15. Conclusions / Heiko Balzter. - Appendix. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: ZSP-168-585
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (235 S.).
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 585
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: AWI G5-09-0015
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, Vol. 13
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first synthesis of sedimentary geology and paleoceanography of the South China Sea on the basis of extensive industrial explorations and scientific expeditions culminated with the ODP Leg 184. It provides up-to-date knowledge about the history of this largest marginal sea in the West Pacific, deep-sea records of evolution and variations of the East Asian monsoon, and geological backgrounds of the off-shore petroleum basins. With its focus on paleoceanography and sedimentology, this volume provides a comprehensive all-round view of the marginal sea basin, from modern oceanography to sequence stratigraphy. The South China Sea: Paleoceanography and Sedimentology is essential reading for advanced students and researchers working in marine geology, basin evolution, sedimentology, paleoceanography and related fields.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 506 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9781402097447
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 13
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction / Pinxian Wang and Qianyu Li. - References. - 2 Oceanographical and Geological Background / Pinxian Wang and Qianyu Li. - Introduction. - 2.1 Bathymetry and Geomorphology. - 2.2 Oceanography. - Monsoon. - Surface Circulation. - Surface Temperature and Salinity. - Thermocline and Upwelling. - Water Exchange with Pacific and Kuroshio Intrusion. - Deep Water Circulation. - Other Oceanographic Features. - Oceanographic Summary. - 2.3 Tectonic History and Sedimentary Basins. - Prior Terrains and Opening of the SCS. - Step-Wise Closure of the Sea Basin. - Formation of Shelf-Slope Sedimentary Basins. - Sediments of the SCS Shelf-Slope Basins: An Overview. - Summary of Tectonics and Basin Formation. - References. - 3 Stratigraphy and Sea Level Changes. - Introduction. - 3.1 Lithostratigraphic Overview / (Li Q. and Zhong G.). - Pre-Cenozoic Basement. - Lithostratigraphy of Syn-Rift Sediments. - Post-Rift Sediments in Shelf-Slope Basins. - Deep Water Lithostratigraphy. - 3.2 Biostratigraphic Framework / (Li Q.). - Floral and Shallow-Water Faunal Assemblages. - Planktonic Foraminiferal and Nannofossil Biostratigraphy. - Quaternary Lithobiostratigraphic Events. - 3.3 Isotopic and Astronomical Stratigraphy / (Tian J. and Li Q.). - Neogene Isotopic Records at Site 1148. - Pliocene–Pleistocene Isotopic Records at Site 1143. - 3.4 Stratigraphy of Major Shelf and Slope Basins / (Zhong G. and Li Q.). - Northern South China Sea Basins. - Southern South China Sea Basins. - 3.5 Regional Sea Level Changes / (Zhong G. and Li Q.). - Late Quaternary Sea Level Changes. - Long-Term Sea Level Changes Since the Oligocene. - New Approach Toward Fine-Scale Sea Level Magnitude. - Summary of South China Sea stratigraphy. - References. - 4 Sedimentology. - Introduction. - 4.1 Surface Deposition Patterns / (Liu Z.). - Deposit Distribution Patterns. - Sediment Transport. - 4.2 Terrigenous Deposition / (Liu Z.). - Clay Mineralogy and Geochemistry of Source Areas. - Clay Minerals. - Geochemistry. - Terrigenous Sediment Supply in Glacial Cycles. - Long-Term Changes of Terrigenous Sediment Supply. - 4.3 Biogenic Deposition. - Carbonate / (Li J. and Wang P.). - Opal / (Wang R.). - 4.4 Coral Reefs / (Yu K. and Zhao J.). - Modern Coral Reef Distribution. - Carbonate Platform Sediments and Calcium Carbonate Production. - Reef History. - 4.5 Volcanic Deposition / (Liu Z.). - Volcanic Rock Distribution. - Volcanic Ash Records. - Case Studies: Pinatubo, Toba. - 4.6 Estimation of Deposit Mass Since the Oligocene / (Huang W. and Wang P.). - Data Sources and Analyses. - Sediment Distribution and Mass. - Estimation of Terrigenous and Carbonate Masses. - Depositional Patterns. - Major Characteristics of SCS Sedimentation. - References. - 5 Upper Water Structure and Paleo-Monsoon. - Introduction. - 5.1 Sea Surface Temperature History / (Jian Z. and Tian J.). - SST Proxies. - Paleo-SST Reconstruction. - Paleo-SST Patterns. - 5.2 Thermocline Depth History / (Tian J. and Jian Z.). - Proxies of Thermocline Depth. - Paleo-Thermocline Depth. - 5.3 Vegetation History in Deep-Sea Record / (Sun X.). - Pollen Distribution in Surface Sediments. - Long-Term Evolution. - Last Glacial Pollen Records: North-South Differences. - North-South Comparison of the Vegetation During the LGM. - 5.4 Monsoon History / (Jian Z. and Tian J.). - Monsoon Proxies. - Tectonic-Scale Long-Term Evolution. - Orbital-Scale Variability. - Suborbital-Scale Variability. - Summary. - References. - 6 Deep Waters and Oceanic Connection / Quanhong Zhao, Qianyu Li and Zhimin Jian. - Introduction. - 6.1 Modern Deep Waters and Their Faunal Features. - Marginal Seas in the Western Pacific. - Modern Intermediate and Deep Waters in the South China Sea. - Modern Deep-Sea Benthic Foraminifera and Ostracods. - 6.2 Late Quaternary Deep-Water Faunas and Stable Isotopes. - 6.3 Neogene and Oligocene Deep-Water Benthic Faunas from ODP Leg 184 Sites. - Site 1148 Benthic Foraminifera. - Site 1148 Ostracods. - Faunal Indication of Deep-Water Mass Changes. - 6.4 Deep Water Evolution: Evidence from Carbonate. - Preservation and Isotopes. - Carbonate Dissolution. - Isotopic Records. - 6.5 Oceanic Connection. - Summary. - References. - 7 Biogeochemistry and the Carbon Reservoir. - Introduction. - 7.1 Productivity and Nutrient Dynamics in the Modern South China Sea / (Zhao M.). - Primary Productivity. - Nutrient Supplies. - Community Structure, Export Productivity and Sedimentary Biogenic Content. - 7.2 Paleoproductivity Reconstruction of the South China Sea / (Zhao M.). - Patterns of Productivity Changes During Glacial-Interglacial Oscillations. - Pre-Pleistocene Paleoproductivity Changes. - 7.3 Carbon Reservoir Changes / (Wang P., Tian J. and Li J.). - Modern Carbon Cycling. - Late Quaternary δ13C Cyclicity. - Long-Term Trend of Carbon Isotopes. - Summary. - References. - 8 History of the South China Sea – A Synthesis / Pinxian Wang and Qianyu Li. - Introduction. - 8.1 Evolution of the South China Sea Basin. - Pre-Spreading Stage in the Early Paleogene. - Seafloor Spreading in the Oligocene-Early Miocene. - Post-Spreading Stage Since the Late Miocene. - 8.2 Evolution of the East Asian Monsoon. - Summer Monsoon and Chemical Weathering. - Winter Monsoon and North-South Contrast. - East and South Asian Monsoons. - 8.3 Evolution of Continent-Ocean Interactions. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Kielce : Scandinavium
    Call number: AWI P5-15-0010
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 214 S. : graph. Darst.
    Edition: 1. ed.
    ISBN: 9788389714374
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - List of abbreviations. - 1. Balance of energy as a contemporary challenge. - 1.1. Energy resources and needs. - 1.2. Natural gas balance at the beginning of 21st century. - 1.3. Economic and political conditions at the European gas market. - 1.4. European Union facing the problem of energy supplies. - 2. Energy security - Norden - Basic issues. - 2.1. Subject and scope of national energy security. - 2.2. Nordic countries in international life. - 2.3. Norden and the energy issues of the Baltic states. - 2.4. Nordic countries - European Union in the context of energy security. - 3. Basic elements of the energy balance in Norden states. - 3.1. The Republic of Iceland. - 3.2. The Kingdom of Denmark. - 3.3. The Kingdom of Sweden. - 3.4. The Republic of Finland. - 4. Position of the Kingdom of Norway. - 4.1. Norway as an oil and gas producer. - 4.2. Norway in the energy balance of the region. - 4.3. High North - strategy vision and plan of Norway. - 4.4. High North - relations with the Russian Federation in the field of energy. - 5. Energy and climate - directions of activities of countries from Nordic region. - 5.1. Activities concerning energy and environmental protection and climate changes. - 5.2. Research and development - overcoming negative relations between progress and environment degradation. - 5.3. Nordic states versus contemporary energy security challenges. - Conclusion. - Literature. - List of figures and tables.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: AWI G3-17-90622
    In: Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences, 118
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIX, 387 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9783642002878 (GB.) , 9783642002885 (electronic)
    Series Statement: Lecture notes in earth sciences 118
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: PART I GEOLOGICAL AND PALEOECOLOGICAL EVENTS OF THE LATE PLEISTOCENE AND HOLOCENE IN NORTHERN EURASIA. - 1 Geological and Paleoecological Events of the Late Pleistocene along Eurasian Coastal Areas of the Arctic Ocean. - General Upper Pleistocene Stratigraphie Scheme for Northern Eurasia. - Duration of the Mikulino Interglaciation. - Correlation of the Natural Events Correlative with MIS 5d-5a in Northern West Europe and Northwestern Russia. - 2 Late Pleistocene Geologic-Paleoecological Events in the North of European Russia. - Relationship between Land and Sea Areas during the Mikulino Interglacial in Northern Eurasia. - Genetic Types of Continental Sediments. - Marine Sediments of the Boreal Transgression in the North of European Russia. - 3 Main Geologic-Paieoecoioglcal Events of the Late Pleistocene in the North of Western Siberia. - 4 Geologic-Paleoecological Events of the late Pleistocene in the Northern-Siberian Lowland and Taimyr Peninsula. - 5 The Late Glacial Time and Holocene of Northern Eurasia. - 6 Outlines of the Late Pleistocene and Holocene History of the East Arctic Seas. - 7 The Deglaciation Time and Holocene of Northern Eurasia. - PART II MARINE SEDIMENTATION IN THE ARCTIC OCEAN AND SUBARCTIC SEAS. - 8 The Seas of West Subarctic Region. - Geologic and Oceanographic Setting. - History of Sedimentation. - History of Sedimentation Rates. - History of Sedimentation on the Vøring Plateau During the Last 25 ka. - History of Sedimentation at the Continental Margin of Eastern and South-Eastern Greenland During the Last 130 ka. - 9 The Arctic Ocean. - Recent Environment. - Morphostructure, Oceanographic and Sea-Ice Setting, Recent Sediments and Their Mineral Composition. - Facies Variations of Holocene Sediments on the Yermak Plateau (According to Study Data of 〉 63 mkm Fraction). - History of Sedimentation. - History of Sedimentation Rates During the Last 130 ka. - History of Sedimentation on the Yermak Plateau During the Last 190 ka. - Organic-Geochemical Sediment Studies of the Eastern Part of the Central Arctic. - 10 The Western Arctic Seas. - Recent Sedimentation Environment. - The Barents Sea. - The Kara Sea. - Surface Sediments of the Pechora Sea. - Surface Sediments of St. Anna Trough. - Facies Zonality of Surface Sediments in the Eastern Kara Sea. - History of Sedimentation. - Late- and Post-Glacial History of Sedimentation in the Eastern Part of the Barents Sea. - Holocene Sedimentation History in the Southern Novaya Zemlya Trough. - History of Sedimentation in the Pechora Sea During the Late Pleistocene and Holocene. - Light Fraction Mineralogy of the Upper Quaternary Sediments from the Saint Anna Trough and Its Paleoceanographic Interpretation. - Holocene History of Yenisei River Discharge. - Holocene History of Ob River Discharge. - 11 Eastern Arctic Seas. - Recent Sedimentation Environment. - The Laptev Sea. - The East Siberian Sea. - The Chukchi Sea. - History of Sedimentation. - History of Sedimentation in the Laptev Sea During the Late Weichselian to Holocene by Geophysical and Geochemical Data. - Holocene History of the Lena and Other Rivers Discharge in the Laptev Sea. - Organic Geochemical Data About Sedimentation History Along the Continental Slope of the East Siberian Sea During the Last Climatic Cycle. - Preliminary Data About Accumulation of Diatom-Bearing Clayey Silts at the Chukchi Sea Shelf. - 12 Seas of the Eastern Subarctic. - Recent Sedimentation Environment. - History of Sedimentation. - History of Sedimentation in the Deep-Water Part of the Shirshov Ridge (Bering Sea) During the Last Three Marine-Isotope Stages. - History of Sedimentation in the Northern Sea of Okhotsk During the Last 1.1 Ma. - PART III THE LATE PLEISTOCENE PALEOGEOGRAPHIC EVENTS OF NORTHERN EURASIA AND HISTORY OF SEDIMENTATION IN THE SUBARCTIC SEAS AND THE ARCTIC OCEAN IN RELATION TO THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE GLACIATION DURING THE LAST CLIMATIC CYCLE. - 13 Characteristic Features of the Mikulino Landscapes. - 14 Results of Paleoclimate Studies. - 15 Particularities of Sedimentation Processes Within the Continental Blocks and Marine Basins. - Deglaciation Peculiarities. - Facies Variability during Glaciations, Deglaciations, Interglacials. - Geological History of the Arctic Ocean Sea Ice during the Last 60 ka. - Intercoupling of Atmo-, Hydro-, Cryo-, Bio-, and Lithospheres. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 80 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: IHP-VII Technical Documents in Hydrology 83
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI S4-19-91819
    In: Texts in computational science and engineering, 3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIV, 750 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition, corrected 2nd printing 2009
    ISBN: 3540739157 , 9783540739159 , 9783540739166 (electronic)
    Series Statement: Texts in computational science and engineering 3
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Scripting versus Traditional Programming 1.1.1 Why Scripting is Useful in Computational Science 1.1.2 Classification of Programming Languages 1.1.3 Productive Pairs of Programming Languages 1.1.4 Gluing Existing Applications 1.1.5 Scripting Yields Shorter Code 1.1.6 Efficiency 1.1.7 Type-Specification (Declaration) of Variables 1.1.8 Flexible Function Interfaces 1.1.9 Interactive Computing 1.1.10 Creating Code at Run Time 1.1.11 Nested Heterogeneous Data Structures 1.1.12 GUI Programming 1.1.13 Mixed Language Programming 1.1.14 When to Choose a Dynamically Typed Language 1.1.15 Why Python? 1.1.16 Script or Program? 1.2 Preparations for Working with This Book 2 Getting Started with Python Scripting 2.1 A Scientific Hello World Script 2.1.1 Executing Python Scripts 2.1.2 Dissection of the Scientific Hello World Script 2.2 Working with Files and Data 2.2.1 Problem Specification 2.2.2 The Complete Code 2.2.3 Dissection 2.2.4 Working with Files in Memory 2.2.5 Array Computing 2.2.6 Interactive Computing and Debugging 2. 2.7 Efficiency Measurements 2.2.8 Exercises 2.3 Gluing Stand-Alone Applications 2.3.1 The Simulation Code 2.3.2 Using Gnuplot to Visualize Curves 2.3.3 Functionality of the Script 2.3.4 The Complete Code 2.3.5 Dissection 2.3.6 Exercises 2.4 Conducting Numerical Experiments 2.4.1 Wrapping a Loop Around Another Script 2.4.2 Generating an HTML Report 2.4.3 Making Animations 2.4.4 Varying Any Parameter 2.5 File Format Conversion 2.5.1 A Simple Read/Write Script 2.5.2 Storing Data in Dictionaries and Lists 2.5.3 Making a Module with Functions 2.5.4 Exercises 3 Basic Python 3.1 Introductory Topics 3.1.1 Recommended Python Documentation 3.1.2 Control Statements 3.1.3 Running Applications 3.1.4 File Reading and Writing 3.1.5 Output Formatting 3.2 Variables of Different Types 3.2.1 Boolean Types 3.2.2 The None Variable 3.2.3 Numbers and Numerical Expressions 3.2.4 Lists and Tuples 3.2.5 Dictionaries 3.2.6 Splitting and Joining Text 3.2.7 String Operations 3.2.8 Text Processing 3.2.9 The Basics of a Python Class 3.2.10 Copy and Assignment 3.2.11 Determining a Variable's Type 3.2.12 Exercises 3.3 Functions 3.3.1 Keyword Arguments 3.3.2 Doc Strings 3.3.3 Variable Number of Arguments 3.3.4 Call by Reference 3.3.5 Treatment of Input and Output Arguments 3.3.6 Function Objects 3.4 Working with Files and Directories 3.4.1 Listing Files in a Directory 3.4.2 Testing File Types 3.4.3 Removing Files and Directories 3.4.4 Copying and Renaming Files 3.4.5 Splitting Pathnames 3.4.6 Creating and Moving to Directories 3.4.7 Traversing Directory Trees 3.4.8 Exercises 4 Numerical Computing in Python 4.1 A Quick NumPy Primer 4.1.1 Creating Arrays 4.1.2 Array Indexing 4.1.3 Loops over Arrays 4.1.4 Array Computations 4.1.5 More Array Functionality 4.1.6 Type Testing 4.1.7 Matrix Objects 4.1.8 Exercises 4.2 Vectorized Algorithms 4.2.1 From Scalar to Array in Function Arguments 4.2.2 Slicing 4.2.3 Exercises 4.3 More Advanced Array Computing 4.3.1 Random Numbers 4.3.2 Linear Algebra 4.3.3 Plotting 4.3.4 Example: Curve Fitting 4.3.5 Arrays on Structured Grids 4.3.6 File I/O with NumPy Arrays 4.3.7 Functionality in the Numpyutils Module 4.3.8 Exercises 4.4 Other Tools for Numerical Computations 4.4.1 The ScientificPython Package 4.4.2 The SciPy Package 4.4.3 The Python- Matlab Interface 3 4.4.4 Symbolic Computing in Python 4.4.5 Some Useful Python Modules 5 Combining Python with Fortran, C, and C++ 5.1 About Mixed Language Programming 5.1.1 Applications of Mixed Language Programming 5.1.2 Calling C from Python 5.1.3 Automatic Generation of Wrapper Code 5.2 Scientific Hello World Examples 5.2.1 Combining Python and Fortran 5.2.2 Combining Python and C 5.2.3 Combining Python and C++ Functions 5.2.4 Combining Python and C++ Classes 5.2.5 Exercises 5.3 A Simple Computational Steering Example 5.3.1 Modified Time Loop for Repeated Simulations 5.3.2 Creating a P ython Interface 5.3.3 The Steering Python Script 5.3.4 Equipping the Steering Script with a GUI 5.4 Scripting Interfaces to Large Libraries 6 Introduction to GUI Programming 6.1 Scientific Hello World GUI 6.1.1 Introductory Topics 6.1.2 The First Python/Tkinter Encounter 6.1.3 Binding Events 6.1.4 Changing the Layout 6.1.5 The Final Scientific Hello World GUI 6.1.6 An Alternative to Tkinter Variables 6.1.7 About the Pack Command 6.1.8 An Introduction to the Grid Geometry Manager 6.1.9 Implementing a GUI as a Class 6.1.10 A Simple Graphical Function Evaluator 6.1.11 Exercises 6.2 Adding GUis to Scripts 6.2.1 A Simulation and Visualization Script with a GUI 6.2.2 Improving the Layout 6.2.3 Exercises 6.3 A List of Common Widget Operations 6.3.1 Frame 6.3.2 Label 6.3.3 Button 6.3.4 Text Entry 6.3.5 Balloon Help 6.3.6 Option Menu 6.3.7 Slider 6.3.8 Check Button 6.3.9 Making a Simple Megawidget 6.3.10 Menu Bar 6.3.11 List Data 6.3.12 Listbox 6.3.13 Radio Button 6.3.14 Combo Box 6.3.15 Message Box 6.3.16 User-Defined Dialogs 6.3.17 Color-Picker Dialogs 6.3.18 File Selection Dialogs 6.3.19 Toplevel 6.3.20 Some Other Types of Widgets 6.3.21 Adapting Widgets to the User's Resize Actions 6.3.22 Customizing Fonts and Colors 6.3.23 Widget Overview 6.3.24 Exercises 7 Web Interfaces and CGI Programming 7.1 Introductory CGI Scripts 7.1.1 Web Forms and CGI Scripts 7.1.2 Generating Forms in CGI Scripts 7.1.3 Debugging CGI Scripts 7.1.4 A General Shell Script Wrapper for CGI Scripts 7.1.5 Security Issues 7.2 Adding Web Interfaces to Scripts 7.2.1 A Class for Form Parameters 7.2.2 Calling Other Programs 7.2.3 Running Simulations 7.2.4 Getting a CGI Script to Work 7.2.5 Using Web Applications from Scripts 7.2.6 Exercises 8 Advanced Python 8.1 Miscellaneous Topics 8.1.1 Parsing Command-Line Arguments 8.1.2 Platform-Dependent Operations 8.1.3 Run-Time Generation of Code 8.1.4 Exercises 8.2 Regular Expressions and Text Processing 8.2.1 Motivation 8.2.2 Special Characters 8.2.3 Regular Expressions for Real Numbers 8.2.4 Using Groups to Extract Parts of a Text 8.2.5 Extracting Interval Limits 8.2.6 Extracting Multiple Matches 8.2.7 Splitting Text 8.2.8 Pattern-Matching Modifiers 8.2.9 Substitution and Backreferences 8.2.10 Example: Swapping Arguments in Function Calls 8.2.11 A General Substitution Script 8.2.12 Debugging Regular Expressions 8.2.13 Exercises 8.3 Tools for Handling Data in Files 8.3.1 Writing and Reading Python Data Structures 8.3.2 Pickling Objects 8.3.3 Shelving Objects 8.3.4 Writing and Reading Zip and Tar Archive Files 8.3.5 Downloading Internet Files 8.3.6 Binary Input/Output 8.3.7 Exercises 8.4 A Database for NumPy Arrays 8.4.1 The Structure of the Database 8.4.2 Pickling 8.4.3 Formatted ASCII Storage 8.4.4 Shelving 8.4.5 Comparing the Various Techniques 8.5 Scripts Involving Local and Remote Hosts 8.5.1 Secure Shell Commands 8.5.2 Distributed Simulation and Visualization 8.5.3 Client/Server Programming 8.5.4 Threads 8.6 Classes 8.6.1 Class Programming 8.6.2 Checking the Class Type 8.6.3 Private Data 8.6.4 Static Data 8.6.5 Special Attributes 8.6.6 Special Methods 8.6.7 Multiple Inheritance 8.6.8 Using a Class as a C-like Structure 8.6.9 Attribute Access via String Names 8.6.10 New-Style Classes 8.6.11 Implementing Get/Set Functions via Properties 8.6.12 Subclassing Built-in Types 8.6.13 Building Class Interfaces at Run Time 8.6.14 Building Flexible Class Interfaces 8.6.15 Exercises 8.7 Scope of Variables 8.7.1 Global, Local, and Class Variables 8.7.2 Nested Functions 8.7.3 Dictionaries of Variables in Namespaces 8.8 Exceptions 8.8.1 Handling Exceptions 8.8.2 Raising Exceptions 8.9 Iterators 8.9.1 Constructing an Iterator 8.9.2 A Pointwise Grid Iterator 8.9.3 A Vectorized Grid Iterator 8.9.4 Generators 8.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    facet.materialart.12
    Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press
    Call number: 9781420073072 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: As we discover more about the role of the ocean in global changes and identify the effects of global change on the ocean, understanding its chemical composition and processes becomes increasingly paramount. However, understanding these processes requires a wide range of measurements in the vast ocean, from the sea surface to deep-ocean trenches, from the tropics to the poles. Practical Guidelines for the Analysis of Seawater provides a common analytical basis for generating quality-assured and reliable data on chemical parameters in the ocean. A source of practical know-how, the book covers sampling and storage, analytical methodology, and guidelines and procedures for quality assurance. It presents analytical methods with the step-by-step procedures that help practitioners implement these methods successfully into the laboratory, making them instantly applicable without consulting further literature. The book also contains essential information for developing or improving quality control and quality assurance programs in the laboratory. It includes the availability and measurement of standard reference materials, blank estimation and correction, control of recoveries, and statistical evaluation of quality assurance data. Analytical chemistry is a very active and fast moving area. Despite the development of innovative new analytical techniques for chemical trace element research, obtaining reliable data at ultra-trace levels remains a formidable challenge. A complete and practical guide, this book delineates proven methods that consistently yield reproducible data in routine work.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 401 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-1-4200-7307-2 , 9781420073072
    Series Statement: Environmental science and technology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Editor Contributors Chapter 1 Sampling and Sample Treatments / Oliver Wurl Chapter 2 Analysis of Dissolved and Particulate Organic Carbon with the HTCO Technique / Oliver Wurl and Tsai Min Sin Chapter 3 Spectrophotometric and Chromatographic Analysis of Carbohydrates in Marine Samples / Christos Panagiotopoulos and Oliver Wurl Chapter 4 The Analysis of Amino Acids in Seawater / Thorsten Dittmar, Jennifer Cherrier, and Kai-Uwe Ludwichowski Chapter 5 Optical Analysis of Chromophoric Dissolved Organic Matter / Norman B. Nelson and Paula G. Coble Chapter 6 Isotope Composition of Organic Matter in Seawater / Laodong Guo and Ming-Yi Sun Chapter 7 Determination of Marine Gel Particles / Anja Engel Chapter 8 Nutrients in Seawater Using Segmented Flow Analysis / Alain Aminot, Roger Kérouel, and Stephen C. Coverly Chapter 9 Dissolved Organic and Particulate Nitrogen and Phosphorous / Gerhard Kattner Chapter 10 Pigment Applications in Aquatic Systems / Karen Helen Wiltshire Chapter 11 Determination of DMS, DMSP, and DMSO in Seawater / Jacqueline Stefels Chapter 12 Determination of Iron in Seawater / Andrew R. Bowie and Maeve C. Lohan Chapter 13 Radionuclide Analysis in Seawater / Mark Baskaran, Gi-Hoon Hong, and Peter H. Santschi Chapter 14 Sampling and Measurements of Trace Metals in Seawater / Sylvia G. Sander, Keith Hunter, and Russell Frew Chapter 15 Trace Analysis of Selected Persistent Organic Pollutants in Seawater / Oliver Wurl Chapter 16 Pharmaceutical Compounds in Estuarine and Coastal Waters / John L. Zhou and Zulin Zhang Appendix A: First Aid for Common Problems with Typical Analytical Instruments Appendix B: Chemical Compatibilities and Physical Properties of Various Materials Appendix C: Water Purification Technologies
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: AWI A2-24-95687
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 97 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9782880853051 , 978-2-940443-00-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Executive summary Overview Arctic climate change Key findings of this assessment 1. Atmospheric circulation feedbacks 2. Ocean circulation feedbacks 3. Ice sheets and sea-level rise feedbacks 4. Marine carbon cycle feedbacks 5. Land carbon cycle feedbacks 6. Methane hydrate feedbacks Author team
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI S6-14-0059 ; 2/N 14.0263
    Description / Table of Contents: "This is a hands-on guide for graduate students and other young researchers wishing to perfect the practical skills that are needed for a successful career in research. By teaching junior scientists to develop effective research habits, the book helps make the experience of graduate study a more efficient, effective and rewarding one. Many graduate students learn these skills "on the job", often by doing them poorly at first, with the result that much valuable time can be lost; this book will help prevent that. The authors have taught a graduate course on the topics covered in this book for many years, and provide a sample curriculum for instructors in graduate schools who wish to teach a similar course. ... The wealth of advice offered in this book is invaluable to students, junior researchers and their mentors in all fields of science, engineering and the humanities."
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 286 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 1. publ. 2009, 5th print. 2013
    ISBN: 9780521743525
    Classification:
    E.7.
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 2 What is science?. - 3 Choices, choices, choices. - 4 The adviser and thesis committee. - 5 Questions drive research. - 6 Giving direction to our work. - 7 Turning challenges into opportunities. - 8 Ethics of research. - 9 Using the scientific literature. - 10 Communication. - 11 Publishing a paper. - 12 Time management. - 13 Writing proposals. - 14 The scientific career. - 15 Applying for a job. - 16 Concluding remarks. - Appendix A. Futher reading. - Appendix B. A sample curriculum. - Appendix C. The Refer and BibTeX format. - References. - About the authors. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A3-10-0002
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 480 S.
    ISBN: 9780521761055
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: AWI S2-18-91494
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a compact self-contained introduction to the theory and application of Bayesian statistical methods. The book is accessible to readers having a basic familiarity with probability, yet allows more advanced readers to quickly grasp the principles underlying Bayesian theory and methods. The examples and computer code allow the reader to understand and implement basic Bayesian data analyses using standard statistical models and to extend the standard models to specialized data analysis situations. The book begins with fundamental notions such as probability, exchangeability and Bayes' rule, and ends with modern topics such as variable selection in regression, generalized linear mixed effects models, and semiparametric copula estimation. Numerous examples from the social, biological and physical sciences show how to implement these methodologies in practice. Monte Carlo summaries of posterior distributions play an important role in Bayesian data analysis. The open-source R statistical computing environment provides sufficient functionality to make Monte Carlo estimation very easy for a large number of statistical models and example R-code is provided throughout the text. Much of the example code can be run ``as is'' in R, and essentially all of it can be run after downloading the relevant datasets from the companion website for this book. Peter Hoff is an Associate Professor of Statistics and Biostatistics at the University of Washington. He has developed a variety of Bayesian methods for multivariate data, including covariance and copula estimation, cluster analysis, mixture modeling and social network analysis. He is on the editorial board of the Annals of Applied Statistics.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780387922997 (GB.) , 9780387924076 (electronic)
    Series Statement: Springer texts in statistics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction and examples. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Why Bayes?. - 1.2.1 Estimating the probability of a rare event. - 1.2.2 Building a predictive model. - 1.3 Where we are going. - 1.4 Discussion and further references. - 2 Belief, probability and exchangeability. - 2.1 Belief functions and probabilities. - 2.2 Events, partitions and Bayes' rule. - 2.3 Independence. - 2.4 Random variables. - 2.4.1 Discrete random variables. - 2.4.2 Continuous random variables. - 2.4.3 Descriptions of distributions. - 2.5 Joint distributions. - 2.6 Independent random variables. - 2.7 Exchangeability. - 2.8 de Finetti's theorem. - 2.9 Discussion and further references. - 3 One-parameter models. - 3.1 The binomial model. - 3.1.1 Inference for exchangeable binary data. - 3.1.2 Confidence regions. - 3.2 The Poisson model. - 3.2.1 Posterior inference . - 3.2.2 Example: Birth rates. - 3.3 Exponential families and conjugate priors. - 3.4 Discussion and further references. - 4 Monte Carlo approximation. - 4.1 The Monte Carlo method. - 4.2 Posterior inference for arbitrary functions. - 4.3 Sampling from predictive distributions. - 4.4 Posterior predictive model checking. - 4.5 Discussion and further references. - 5 The normal model. - 5.1 The normal model. - 5.2 Inference for the mean, conditional on the variance. - 5.3 Joint inference for the mean and variance. - 5.4 Bias, variance and mean squared error. - 5.5 Prior specification based on expectations. - 5.6 The normal model for non-normal data. - 5.7 Discussion and further references. - 6 Posterior approximation with the Gibbs sampler. - 6.1 A semiconjugate prior distribution. - 6.2 Discrete approximations. - 6.3 Sampling from the conditional distributions. - 6.4 Gibbs sampling. - 6.5 General properties of the Gibbs sampler. - 6.6 Introduction to MCMC diagnostics. - 6.7 Discussion and further references. - 7 The multivariate normal model. - 7.1 The multivariate normal density. - 7.2 A semiconjugate prior distribution for the mean. - 7.3 The inverse-Wishart distribution. - 7.4 Gibbs sampling of the mean and covariance. - 7.5 Missing data and imputation. - 7.6 Discussion and further references. - 8 Group comparisons and hierarchical modeling. - 8.1 Comparing two groups. - 8.2 Comparing multiple groups. - 8.2.1 Exchangeability and hierarchical models. - 8.3 The hierarchical normal model. - 8.3.1 Posterior inference. - 8.4 Example: Math scores in U.S. public schools. - 8.4.1 Prior distributions and posterior approximation. - 8.4.2 Posterior summaries and shrinkage. - 8.5 Hierarchical modeling of means and variances. - 8.5.1 Analysis of math score data. - 8.6 Discussion and further references. - 9 Linear regression. - 9.1 The linear regression model. - 9.1.1 Least squares estimation for the oxygen uptake data. - 9.2 Bayesian estimation for a regression model. - 9.2.1 A semiconjugate prior distribution. - 9.2.2 Default and weakly informative prior distributions. - 9.3 Model selection. - 9.3.1 Bayesian model comparison. - 9.3.2 Gibbs sampling and model averaging. - 9.4 Discussion and further references. - 10 Nonconjugate priors and Metropolis-Hastings algorithms. - 10.1 Generalized linear models. - 10.2 The Metropolis algorithm. - 10.3 The Metropolis algorithm for Poisson regression. - 10.4 Metropolis, Metropolis-Hastings and Gibbs. - 10.4.1 The Metropolis-Hastings algorithm. - 10.4.2 Why does the Metropolis-Hastings algorithm work?. - 10.5 Combining the Metropolis and Gibbs algorithms. - 10.5.1 A regression model with correlated errors. - 10.5.2 Analysis of the ice core data. -
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: ZSP-403-309
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 47 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 309 : Terrestrial Biology 4
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-09-0013
    In: IASC ... bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 78 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9789163343056
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: ZSP-168-587
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (104 S.).
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 587
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-589
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (50 S.).
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 589
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-590
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (88 S.).
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 590
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-591
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (64 S.). : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 591
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-592
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 592
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: ZSP-168-593
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 593
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: ZSP-405a-09-0019
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 14 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and Development Report RR-08-003E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-588
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung ; 588
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 198 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 588
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: AWI G2-09-0036
    In: Manuals and guides
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 99 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Manuals and guides / Unesco, Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission 53
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: AWI G5-09-0039
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 418 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9789048126729
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 14
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: AWI P6-10-0062 ; AWI P6-11-0002
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume provides a comprehensive, up-to-date account of how the physical and biological environment of the Antarctic continent and Southern Ocean has changed from Deep Time until the present day. It also considers how the Antarctic environment may change over the next century in a world where greenhouse gas concentrations are much higher than occurred over the last few centuries. The Antarctic is a highly coupled system with non-linear interactions between the atmosphere, ocean, ice and biota, along with complex links to the rest of the Earth system. Inpreparing this volume our approach has been highly cross-disciplinary, with the goal of reflecting the importance of the continent in global issues, such as sea level rise, the separation of natural climate variability from anthropogenic influences, food stocks, biodiversity and carbon uptake by the ocean. One hundred experts in Antarctic science have contributed and drafts of the manuscript were reviewed by over 200 scientists. We hope that it will be of value to all scientists with an interest in the Antarctic continent and the Southern Ocean, policy makers and those concerned with the deployment of observing systems and the development of climate models.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXVIII, 526 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9780948277221
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: PREFACE EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 THE ANTARCTIC ENVIRONMENT AND THE GLOBAL SYSTEM 1.1 THE PHYSICAL SETTING 1.2 THE ANTARCTIC CRYOSPHERE 1.3 THE ROLE OF THE ANTARCTIC IN THE GLOBAL CLIMATE SYSTEM 1.4 OBSERVATIONS FOR STUDIES OF ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE IN THE ANTARCTIC 1.5 THE CLIMATE OF THE ANTARCTIC AND ITS VARIABILITY 1.6 BIOTA OF THE ANTARCTIC 1.6.1 Terrestrial 1.6.2 Marine 2 OBSERVATIONS, DATA ACCURACY AND TOOLS 2.1 OBSERVATIONS, DATA ACCURACY AND TOOLS 2.1.1 Introduction 2.1.2 Meteorological and ozone observing in the Antarctic 2.1.3 In-situ ocean observations 2.1.4 Sea ice observations 2.1.5 Observations of the ice sheet and permafrost 2.1.6 Sea level 2.1.7 Marine biology 2.1.8 Terrestrial biology 2.1.9 Models 2.2 FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS AND RESEARCH NEEDS 3 ANTARCTIC CLIMATE AND ENVIRONMENT HISTORY IN THE PREINSTRUMENTAL PERIOD 3.1 INTRODUCTION 3.2 DEEP TIME 3.2.1 The Greenhouse world: from Gondwana breakup to 34 million years 3.2.2 Into the Icehouse world: the last 34 million years 3.3 THE LAST MILLION YEARS 3.3.1 Glacial interglacial cycles: the ice core record 3.3.2 The transition to Holocene interglacial conditions: the ice core record 3.3.3 Deglaciation of the continental shelf, coastal margin and continental interior 3.3.4 Antarctic deglaciation and its impact on global sea level 3.3.5 Sea ice and climate 3.4 THE HOLOCENE 3.4.1 Holocene climate change: regional to hemispheric perspectives 3.4.2 Changes in sea ice extent through the Holocene 3.4.3 Regional patterns of Holocene climate change in Antarctica 3.5 BIOLOGICAL RESPONSES TO CLIMATE CHANGE 3.5.1 The terrestrial environment 3.5.2 The marine environment 3.4.3 Regional patterns of Holocene climate change in Antarctica 3.6 CONCLUDING REMARKS 4 THE INSTRUMENTAL PERIOD 4.1 INTRODUCTION 4.2 CHANGES OF ATMOSPHERIC CIRCULATION 4.2.1 Modes of variability ..? 4.2.2 Depression tracks 4.2.3 Teleconnections 4.3 TEMPERATURE 4.3.1 Surface temperature 4.3.2 Upper air temperature changes 4.3.3 Attribution 4.4 CHANGES IN ANTARCTIC SNOWFALL OVER THE PAST 50 YEARS 4.4.1 General spatial and temporal characteristics of Antarctic snowfall 4.4.2 Long-term Antarctic snowfall accumulation estimates 4.4.3 Recent trends in Antarctic snowfall 4.5 ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY 4.5.1 Antarctic stratospheric ozone in the instrumental period 4.5.2 Antarctic tropospheric chemistry 4.5.3 Aerosol, clouds and radiation 4.6 THE SOUTHERN OCEAN 4.6.1 Introduction 4.6.2 Australian sector 4.6.3 The Amundsen/Bellingshausen Seas 4.6.4 Variability and change in Ross Sea shelf waters 4.6.5 The Weddell Sea sector 4.6.6 Small-scale processes in the Southern Ocean 4.6.7 Dynamics of the circulation and water masses of the ACC and the polar gyres from model results 4.7 . ANTARCTIC SEA ICE COVER DURING THE INSTRUMENTAL PERIOD 4.7.1 Introduction 4.7.2 Sea ice cover in the pre-satellite era 4.7.3 Variability and trends in sea ice using satellite data 4.8 THE ICE SHEET AND PERMAFROST 4.8.1 Introduction 4.8.2 The Antarctic Peninsula 4.8.3 West Antarctica 4.8.4 East Antarctica 4.8.5 Calving 4.8.6 Sub-glacial water movement 4.8.7 Other changes in the ice sheet 4.8.8 Attribution of changes to the ice sheet 4.8.9 Conclusions regarding the ice sheet 4.8.10 Changes in Antarctic permafrost and active layer over the last 50 years 4.9 LONG TERM SEA LEVEL CHANGE 4.10 MARINE BIOLOGY 4.10.1 The open ocean system 4.10.2 Sea ice ecosystems 4.10.3 ENSO links and teleconnections to vertebrate life histories and population 4.10.4 Invertebrate physiology 4.10.5 Seasonality effect on the high Antarctic benthic shelf communities? 4.10.6 Macroalgal physiology and ecology 4.10.7 Marine/terrestrial pollution 4.11 BIOGEOCHEMISTRY - SOUTHERN OCEAN CARBON CYCLE RESPONSE TO HISTORICAL CLIMATE CHANGE 4.11.1 Introduction 4.11.2 CO2 fluxes in the Southern Ocean 4.11.3 Historical change - observed response 4.11.4 Historical change - simulated view 4.11.5 Changes in CO2 inventories 4.11.6 Concluding remarks 4.12 TERRESTRIAL BIOLOGY 5 THE NEXT 100 YEARS 5.1 INTRODUCTION 5.2 CLIMATE CHANGE 5.2.1 IPCC scenarios 5.2.2 Climate models 5.2.3 Atmospheric circulation 5.2.4 Temperature change over the Twenty First Century 5.2.5 Precipitation change over the Twenty First Century 5.2.6 Antarctic stratospheric ozone over the next 100 years 5.3 OCEAN CIRCULATION AND WATER MASSES 5.3.1 Simulation of present-day conditions in the Southern Hemisphere 5.3.2 Projections for the Twenty First Century 5.3.3 Long-term evolution of the Southern Ocean 5.3.4 Conclusions 5.4 SEA ICE CHANGE OVER THE TWENTY FIRST CENTURY 5.5 THE TERRESTRIAL CRYOSPHERE 5.5.1 Introduction 5.5.2 East Antarctic ice sheet 5.5.3 West Antarctic ice sheet 5.5.4 Antarctic Peninsula 5.5.5 Conclusions 5.5.6 Summary and needs for future research 5.6 EVOLUTION OF ANTARCTIC PERMAFROST 5.7 PROJECTIONS OF SEA LEVEL IN ANTARCTIC AND SOUTHERN OCEAN WATERS BY 2100 5.7.1 Regional projections of mean sea-level rise 5.8 BIOGEOCHEMISTRY - RESPONSE OF THE SOUTHERN OCEAN CARBON CYCLE TO FUTURE CLIMATE CHANGE 5.8.1 Background 5.8.2 Future Southern Ocean carbon response 5.8.3 Response to increased CO2 uptake 5.8.4 Concluding remarks 5.9 BIOLOGY 5.9.1 Terrestrial Biology 5.9.2 Marine Biology 5.9.3 The Antarctic marine ecosystem in the year 2100 6 RECOMMENDATIONS 7 REFERENCES.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI G2-09-0037
    In: Manuals and guides
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 143 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Manuals and guides / Unesco, Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission 50
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Zürich] : IAHS (ICSI)
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G7-12-0031
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 96 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-994(2006/2007)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2006/2007
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 344 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung 2006/2007
    Language: German , English
    Note: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Rinnen im Meereis: Heizung für die Atmosphäre? = Leads in Sea Ice: Heating the Atmosphere? / Christof Lüpkes, Vladimir Gryanik, Anna Barbara Herold, Gerit Birnbaum, Ulrike Wacker, Jörg Hartmann Die polaren Ozeane vor dem Hintergrund der Klimaänderung – Ein Vergleich = The Polar Oceans in the context of climate change – commons and contrasts / Eberhard Fahrbach, Christian Haas und Ursula Schauer Wissenschaftliches Rechnen und Ozeanographie für das Krisenmanagement: Der Beitrag des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts zum Deutsch-Indonesischen Tsunami-Frühwarnsystem = Scientific computing and oceanography for hazard management: The contribution of the Alfred Wegener Institute to the German-Indonesian Tsunami Early Warning System / Jörn Behrens, Wolfgang Hiller, Jens Schröter Klimaarchiv Eis – Das European Project for Ice Coring in Antarctica (EPICA) = Climate archive in ice - the European Project for Ice Coring in Antarctica (EPICA) / Hubertus Fischer, Frank Wilhelms, Sepp Kipfstuhl, Hans Oerter, Hanno Meyer, Peter Köhler, Rainer Gersonde & Heinz Miller Schwarzschiefer vom Nordpol entschlüsseln Klimageschichte: Der Arktische Ozean war vor 45 Millionen Jahren so warm wie die Ostsee heute = Black shales near the North Pole decipher climate history: The Arctic Ocean at 45 Ma was as warm as the modern Baltic Sea / Ruediger Stein, Petra Weller, Bettina Boucsein und Jens Matthiessen Leben auf dem Mars? Methan-bildende Mikroorganismen aus sibirischen Permafrost-böden als Studienobjekte = Life on Mars? Methane-forming micro-organisms from Siberian permafrost soils as study objects / Dirk Wagner und Daria Morozova Seeelefanten helfen Südozeanmodellierern = Elephant Seals help validate Finite Element Ice-Ocean Model / Ralph Timmermann Neuigkeiten in der Krillforschung: Licht kontrolliert Lebensfunktionen des Krills = News in Krill research: Light controls life functions of krill / Mathias Teschke, Bettina Meyer, Carsten Pape, Susanne Spahic Wie wird man 400 Jahre alt? Altersvorsorge der Islandmuschel (Arctica islandica) = Living 400 years – what is the secret of the ocean quahog (Arctica islandica)? / Doris Abele, Eva Philipp, Julia Strahl, Thomas Brey Langzeitforschung auf Helgoland und Sylt: Ein Finger am Puls der Nordsee = Long-Term Ecological Research at Helgoland and Sylt: Keeping a Finger at the Pulse of the North Sea / Justus E.E. van Beusekom, Maarten Boersma, Karsten Reise and Karen H. Wiltshire 3. Forschung = Research MARCOPOLI 3.1 MARINE 3.2 COAST 3.3 POLAR 3.4 Neue Themen = Additional funding 4. Helmholtz-Nachwuchsgruppen = Helmholtz Young Investigator Groups 5. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the Scientific Divisions 6. Neue Technologien = New technologies 7. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 8. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 9. Mariner Umweltschutz = Marine environmental protection 10. Wissenschaftliches Rechenzentrum = Scientific data processing centre 11. Bibliothek = Library 12. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 13. Presse- und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit = Public relations department 14. Schulprojekt = School project 15. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 16. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex , Text in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: ZSP-405a-08-0049
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 9 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-07-015E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: ZSP-405a-08-0048
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 13 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-07-014E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: AWI G8-09-0017 ; AWI G8-09-0017(2. Ex.)
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, [36], 756 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Sixth edition
    ISBN: 9780470052457
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Concepts and Foundations of Remote Sensing. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Energy Sources and Radiation Principles. - 1.3 Energy Interactions in the Atmosphere. - 1.4 Energy Interactions with Earth Surface Features. - 1.5 Data Acquisition and Interpretation. - 1.6 Reference Data. - 1.7 The Global Positioning System. - 1.8 Characteristics of Remote Sensing System. - 1.9 Successful Application of Remote Sensing. - 1.10 Geographic Information Systems. - 1.11 Organization of the Book. - Works Cited. - 2 Elements of Photographic Systems. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Early History of Aerial Photography. - 2.3 Photographic Basics. - 2.4 Film Photography. - 2.5 Digital Photography. - 2.6 Aerial Cameras. - 2.7 Spatial Resolution of Camera Systems. - 2.8 Aerial Videography. - 2.9 Multiband Imaging. - 2.10 Conclusion. - Works Cited. - 3 Basic Principles of Photogrammetry. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Basic Geometric Characteristics of Aerial Photographs. - 3.3 Photographic Scale. - 3.4 Ground Coverage of Aerial Photographs. - 3.5 Area Measurement. - 3.6 Relief Displacement of Vertical Features. - 3.7 Image Parallax. - 3.8 Ground Control for Aerial Photography. - 3.9 Production of Maps and Orthophotos. - 3.10 Flight Planning. - 3.11 Conclusion. - Works Cited. - 4 Introduction to Visual Image Interpretation. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Fundamentals of Visual Image Interpretation. - 4.3 Basic Visual Image Interpretation Equipment. - 4.4 Land Use/Land Cover Mapping. - 4.5 Geologic and Soil Mapping. - 4.6 Agricultural Applications. - 4.7 Forestry Applications. - 4.8 Rangeland Applications. - 4.9 Water Resource Applications. - 4.10 Urban and Regional Planning Applications. - 4.11 Wetland Mapping. - 4.12 Wildlife Ecology Applications. - 4.13 Archaeological Applications. - 4.14 Environmental Assessment. - 4.15 Natural Disaster Assessment. - 4.16 Principles of Landform Identification and Evaluation. - Works Cited. - 5 Multispectral, Thermal, and Hyperspectral Sensing. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Across-Track Scanning. - 5.3 Along-Track Scanning. - 5.4 Example Across-Track Multispectral Scanner and Imagery. - 5.5 Example Along-Track Multispectral Scanner and Imagery. - 5.6 Geometric Characteristics of Across-Track Scanner Imagery. - 5.7 Geometric Characteristics of Along-Track Scanner Imagery. - 5.8 Thermal Scanning. - 5.9 Thermal Radiation Principles. - 5.10 Interpreting Thermal Scanner Imagery. - 5.11 Radiometric Calibration of Thermal Scanners. - 5.12 Temperature Mapping with Thermal Scanner Data. - 5.13 FLIR Systems. - 5.14 Hyperspectral Sensing. - 5.15 Conclusion . - Works Cited. - 6 Earth Resource Satellites Operating in the Optical Spectrum. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Early History of Space Imaging. - 6.3 Landsat Satellite Program Overview. - 6.4 Landsat-1,-2, and-3. - 6.5 Landsat-4 and -5. - 6.6 Landsat-6 Planned Mission. - 6.7 Landsat-7. - 6.8 Landsat Image Examples. - 6.9 Landsat Data Continuity Mission. - 6.10 Long-Term Future of the Landsat Program and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems. - 6.11 SPOT Satellite Program. - 6.12 SPOT-1,-2, and-3. - 6.13 SPOT-4. - 6.14 SPOT-5. - 6.15 SPOT Image Examples. - 6.16 Other Earth Resource Satellites. - 6.17 Meteorological Satellites Frequently Applied to Earth Surface Feature Observation. - 6.18 Ocean Monitoring Satellites. - 6.19 Earth Observing System. - 6.20 Space Station Remote Sensing . - Works Cited. - 7 Digital Image Interpretation and Analysis. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Image Rectification and Restoration. - 7.3 Image Enhancement. - 7.4 Contrast Manipulation. - 7.5 Spatial Feature Manipulation. - 7.6 Multi-Image Manipulation. - 7.7 Image Classification. - 7.8 Supervised Classification. - 7.9 The Classification Stage. - 7.10 The Training Stage. - 7.11 Unsupervised Classification. - 7.12 Hybrid Classification. - 7.13 Classification of Mixed Pixels. - 7.14 The Output Stage. - 7.15 Postclassification Smoothing. - 7.16 Object-Oriented Classification. - 7.17 Classification Accuracy Assessment. - 7.18 Data Merging and GIS Integration. - 7.19 Hyperspectral Image Analysis. - 7.20 Biophysical Modeling. - 7.21 Scale Effects. - 7.22 Image Transmission and Compression. - 7.23 Conclusion. - Works Cited. - 8 Microwave and Lidar Sensing. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Radar Development. - 8.3 Side-Looking Radar System Operation. - 8.4 Synthetic Aperture Radar. - 8.5 Geometric Characteristics of Radar Imagery. - 8.6 Transmission Characteristics of Radar Signals. - 8.7 Other Radar Image Characteristics. - 8.8 Radar Image Interpretation. - 8.9 Interferometric Radar. - 8.10 Radar Remote Sensing from Space. - 8.11 Seasat-1. - 8.12 Shuttle Imaging Radar. - 8.13 Almaz-1. - 8.14 ERS-1 and ERS-2. - 8.15 Envisat. - 8.16 JERS-1. - 8.17 ALOS. - 8.18 Radarsat. - 8.19 High Resolution Spaceborne Radar Systems. - 8.20 Shuttle Radar Topography Mission. - 8.21 Spaceborne Radar System Summary. - 8.22 Passive Microwave Sensing. - 8.23 Lidar. - Works Cited. - Appendix A Radiometric Concepts,Terminology, and Units. - Geometric Characteristics of Radiation Measurement. - Radiometric Terminology and Units. - Appendix B Remote Sensing Data and Information Resources. - Sources of Remote Sensing Data and Information. - Remote Sensing Periodicals. - Remote Sensing Glossaries. - Online Remote Sensing Courses and Tutorials. - Appendix C Sample Coordinate Transformation and Resampling Procedures. - Two-Dimensional Affine Coordinate Transformation. - Resampling Procedures . - Appendix D Radar Signal Concepts, Terminology,and Units. - Signal Power and Radar Cross Section. - Complex Amplitude of Radar Signals. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-125-2002
    In: Antarctic Automatic Weather Station Data for the Calender Year ...
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 48 S. ; graph. Darst.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: ZSP-403-306
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 26 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 306 : Marine Biology 38
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: ZSP-403-307
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 16 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 307 : Glaciology 33
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: ZSP-403-308
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 22 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 308 : Glaciology 34
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: ZSP-403-305
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 183 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 305 : Ionosphere 77
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...